e10vkza
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 2)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File No. 0-23538
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
11-2153962
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
2929 California Street, Torrance, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
90503
Zip Code |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (310) 212-7910
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act). Yes o No þ
As of September 28, 2007, which was the last business day of the registrants most recently
completed fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $116,893,296 based on the closing inter-dealer
quotation as tracked on the Pink Sheets.
There were 12,062, 280 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of October 18, 2007.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Amendment No. 2 on Form 10-K/A (Amendment) amends the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the Original Annual Report) for the year ended March 31, 2007, which was originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) on June 29, 2007. We are filing this Amendment in response to a comment letter received from the SEC in connection with its review of our registration statement on Form S-
1 (File No. 333-144887) and to add additional disclosure regarding a potential duty claim that might be asserted by the U.S. Bureau of Customs.
We have included as exhibits to this Amendment new certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer.
Except as described above, no attempt has been made in this Amendment to modify or update other disclosures presented in the Original Annual Report. This Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original Annual Report or modify or update those disclosures, including the exhibits to the Original Annual Report affected by subsequent events. Accordingly,
this Amendment should be read in conjunction with our filings
with the SEC subsequent to the filing of the Original Annual Report, including
any amendments to those filings.
2
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
GLOSSARY
When the following terms appear in the text of this report, they have the meanings indicated below.
Used Core An alternator or starter which has been used in the operation of a vehicle. The Used
Core is an original equipment (OE) alternator or starter installed by the vehicle manufacturer
and subsequently removed for replacement. Used Cores contain salvageable parts which are an
important raw material in the remanufacturing process. We obtain most Used Cores by providing
credits to our customers for Used Cores sent back to us using our core exchange program. Our
customers receive these Used Cores from consumers who deliver a Used Core to obtain credit from our
customers upon the purchase of a newly remanufactured alternator or starter. If sufficient Used
Cores cannot be obtained from our customers, we will purchase Used Cores from core brokers, who are
in the business of buying and selling Used Cores. The Used Cores purchased or sent to us by our
customers using the core exchange program, and which have been physically received by us, are part
of our on-hand raw material or work-in-process inventory included in long-term core inventory.
Remanufactured Core The Used Core underlying an alternator or starter that has gone through
the remanufacturing process and through that process has become part of a newly remanufactured
alternator or starter. The remanufacturing process takes a Used Core, breaks it down into its
component parts, replaces those components that cannot be reused and reassembles the salvageable
components of the Used Core and additional new components into a remanufactured alternator or
starter. Remanufactured Cores are included in our on-hand finished goods inventory and in the
remanufactured finished good product held for sale at the customers locations. Used Cores that
have been returned by end-users to customers but have not yet been sent back to us continue to be
classified as Remanufactured Cores until they are physically received by us. All Remanufactured
Cores are included in our long-term core inventory or in our long-term core inventory deposit.
3
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the
Company, we, us, and our refer to Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This
Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the
results discussed in any forward-looking statements. Discussions containing such forward-looking
statements may be found in the material set forth under Item 7. Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as within this Form 10-K
generally.
We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our SEC filings are available free of charge to the
public over the Internet at the SECs website at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available
free of charge on our website www.motorcarparts.com. You may also read and copy any document we
file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, NE, Washington, D.C.20549. Please
call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room.
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
We remanufacture and distribute alternators and starters for import and domestic cars and light
trucks. These after-market replacement parts are sold throughout North America. We sell to most of
the largest auto parts chains in the United States, including AutoZone, Pep Boys, OReilly
Automotive and CSK Automotive. We believe retail chains currently control approximately 44% of the
after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters. Management believes that the retailers
will continue to grow at a favorable pace as they expand their efforts to target the professional
installer market segment. During the past two years, we have focused increased attention on the
professional installer market and have begun to penetrate this segment of the market through sales
to General Motors that are distributed to professional installers through its Service Parts
Operation (GM SPO) and through the efforts that our existing customers are making to target the
professional installer marketplace. Management believes the professional installer market continues
to represent an opportunity for us to grow our business.
We have increasingly sought to enter into longer-term customer agreements, and we now have
long-term agreements with substantially all of our major customers. While these agreements
strengthen our customer relationships and business base, they require a significant amount of
working capital to build inventory and increase production and typically include marketing and
other allowances that adversely impact near-term revenue, profitability and cash flow. Certain
agreements require us to incur expensive changeover expenses before we experience the benefit of
increased profitability from new customers. To respond to our growing working capital needs and
strengthen our financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of common stock and
warrants that resulted in gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of
approximately $36,500,000.
While we have broadened our revenue base by adding new customers, due to the consolidation of the
retail market and our strong presence in retail, we continue to derive a substantial portion of our
revenue from a small number of major customers. During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, sales to our
five largest customers constituted approximately 96%, 96% and 97%, respectively, of our net sales.
To maintain or improve our margins over time while responding to customer pricing and delivery
pressures, we have moved an increasing portion of our remanufacturing operations to lower cost
countries outside the United States. During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 approximately 64%, 32% and
15%, respectively, of our total production was produced by our subsidiaries in Mexico and Malaysia.
By the end of fiscal 2008, we expect that approximately 95% of our remanufactured units will be
produced outside the United States. We continue to transition the bulk of our remanufacturing,
warehousing and shipping/receiving operations in Torrance, California to our facilities in Mexico.
4
The Automotive After-Market Industry
Two distinct groups of end-users buy replacement after-market automotive parts:
(1) individual do-it-yourself DIY consumers; and (2) professional do-it-for-me DIFM
installers. The consumer market is typically supplied through retailers and retail arms of
warehouse distributors. Professional installers generally purchase parts through local independent
parts wholesalers, through national warehouse distributors and, at a growing rate, through
commercial account programs with automotive parts retailers servicing the professional DIFM
installers. We believe we are well-positioned for potential growth in both the DIY market through
increased sales to our existing retail chain store customers and in the DIFM market through the
efforts of our retail customers to expand their sales to professional installers and through our
sales to GM SPO and warehouse distributors that service the professional marketplace.
The number of cars on the road in North America has steadily grown. Based on Frost and Sullivans
2006 report, there were approximately 270 million vehicles in use in North America. (Frost and
Sullivan is a leading consulting group researching and analyzing new market opportunities in the
automotive after-market.) We believe, approximately 130 million of these vehicles are at least ten
years old. As a result of the growth in the number of vehicles in use, particularly vehicles at
their prime repair age of seven years old and older, we believe the automotive after-market for
alternators and starters has the opportunity to grow at faster rates than we have experienced in
recent years. The growth in recent years has been negatively affected by the increasing quality of
alternators and starters, which defers the requirement for maintenance. However, we believe that
the alternator and starter will still be replaced at least once in the life of a vehicle and that
this build up of deferred maintenance bodes well for industry growth in the future. While we
believe our market will continue to grow in the near-term, higher gasoline prices over a sustained
period may result in lower vehicle miles being driven, which could defer the demand for replacement
alternators and starters.
Company Products
During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, sales of replacement alternators and starters for imported and
domestic cars and light trucks constituted 99% of our total sales. Alternators and starters are
non-elective replacement parts in all makes and models of vehicles and are required for a vehicle
to operate. Currently, approximately 96% of our units are sold for resale under customer private
labels. The balance is sold under our brand name, Quality Built to Last®.
Our alternators and starters are produced to meet or exceed original manufacturer specifications.
We remanufacture alternators and starters for virtually all import and domestic vehicles on the
road in North America. Remanufacturing creates a supply of parts at a lower cost to the end user
than newly manufactured parts and makes available automotive parts which are no longer being
manufactured as new. Remanufacturing also relieves automotive repair shops of the need to rebuild
worn parts on an individual basis and conserves material which would otherwise be used to
manufacture new replacement parts. Our remanufactured parts are sold at competitively lower prices
than most new replacement parts.
We recycle nearly all materials in keeping with our focus of positively impacting the environment.
All parts, including metal from the Used Cores and corrugated packaging, are recycled.
The technology and the specifications for the components used in our products, particularly
alternators, have become more advanced in response to the installation in vehicles of an increasing
number of electrical components such as navigation systems, steering wheel-mounted electronic
controls, keyless entry devices, heated rear windows and seats, high-powered stereo systems and DVD
players. As a result of this increased electrical demand, alternators require more advanced
technology and higher grade components and per unit sales prices have increased accordingly. The
increasing complexity of cars and light trucks and the number of different makes and models of
these vehicles have resulted in a significant increase in the number of different alternators and
starters required to service imported and domestic cars and light trucks. We now carry over 2,700
stock keeping units (SKUs) which cover applications for most import and domestic cars and light
trucks on the road in North America.
5
Customers: Customer Concentration
Our products are marketed throughout the United States and Canada. Currently, we serve four of the
five largest retail automotive chain stores with an aggregate of approximately 7,200 retail outlets
as well as small to medium-sized automotive warehouse distributors. The products we sell to one of
the largest automobile manufacturers in the world are distributed to over 7,000 dealers and
approximately 100 dedicated distributors.
We are substantially dependent upon sales to our major customers. During fiscal 2007, 2006 and
2005, sales to our five largest customers constituted approximately 96%, 96% and 97%, respectively,
of our net sales, and sales to our largest customer AutoZone, constituted 64%, 70% and 71%,
respectively, of our net sales. Any meaningful reduction in the level of sales to any of these
customers, deterioration of any customers financial condition or the loss of a customer could have
a materially adverse impact upon us. In addition, the concentration of our sales and the
competitive environment in which we operate has increasingly limited our ability to negotiate
favorable prices and terms for our products.
Customer Arrangements; Impact on Working Capital
We have long-term agreements with substantially all of our major customers. Under these agreements,
which typically have initial terms of at least four years, we are designated as the exclusive or
primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured alternators and starters. Because of
the very competitive nature of the market for remanufactured starters and alternators and the
limited number of customers for these products, our customers have increasingly sought and obtained
price concessions, significant marketing allowances and more favorable delivery and payment terms
in consideration for our designation as a customers exclusive or primary supplier. These
incentives differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount
of credits against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract,
(ii) support for a particular customers research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled
basis, (iii) discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv)
other marketing, research, store expansion or product development support. We have also entered
into agreements to purchase certain customers Remanufactured Core inventory and to issue credits
to pay for that inventory according to a schedule set forth in the agreement. These contracts
typically require that we meet ongoing performance, quality and fulfillment requirements. An
agreement with one customer grants the customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time
for any reason. Our contracts with major customers expire at various dates ranging from December
2007 through December 2012.
These longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships and business base. The increased
demand for product that we have recently experienced has caused a significant increase in our
inventories, accounts payable and personnel. Customer demands that we purchase their Remanufactured
Core inventory have also been a significant and an additional strain on our available working
capital. The marketing and other allowances we typically grant our customers in connection with our
new or expanded customer relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues, profitability and
associated cash flows from these arrangements. However, we believe the investment we make in these
new or expanded customer relationships will improve our overall liquidity and cash flow from
operations over time.
To address our working capital needs, in May 2007, we sold 3,641,909 shares of common stock in a
private placement to accredited investors at a price of $11.00 per share, resulting in aggregate
gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of approximately $36,500,000. We
also issued these investors warrants to purchase up to 546,283 shares of common stock, at an
exercise price of $15.00 per share. We have the right to call these warrants under certain
conditions.
Multi-Year Inventory Transactions
During the past three fiscal years, we entered into three agreements that required us to record on
our books inventory held by our customers.
The inventory transaction with our largest customer has had a material impact on our reported
results and working capital for the last three fiscal years. We entered into the initial four-year
agreement with this customer in May 2004. Under this agreement, we became the primary supplier of
import alternators and starters for eight of this customers
6
distribution centers and agreed to sell this customer certain products on a pay-on-scan (POS)
basis. Under the POS arrangement, we continued to carry the inventory that this retailer had on its
shelf for resale until that inventory was sold to an end user. At that point, we were entitled to
receive payment. As part of the 2004 agreement, we purchased approximately $24,000,000 of this
customers inventory through the issuance of credits against receivables from that customer. The
last of these credits was issued in April 2006. The parties also agreed to use reasonable
commercial efforts to convert the overall purchasing relationship to a POS arrangement by April
2006, and, if the POS conversion was not fully accomplished by that time, we agreed to convert
$24,000,000 of this customers inventory to a POS arrangement by purchasing this inventory through
the issuance of credits of $1,000,000 per month over a 24-month period ending April 2008.
The POS conversion was not completed by April 2006, and the parties agreed to terminate the POS
arrangement as of August 24, 2006. As part of the August 2006 agreement, the customer purchased
those products previously shipped on a POS basis. This transaction, after the application of our
revenue recognition policies, increased net sales by $19,795,000 for the fiscal year ended March
31, 2007. This agreement also extended the term of our primary supplier rights from May 2008 to
August 2008.
Under this agreement, we purchased approximately $19,980,000 of the customers Remanufactured Core
inventory by issuing credits to the customer in that amount on August 31, 2006. In establishing the
related long-term core inventory deposit, we valued these Remanufactured Cores at $11,918,000 based
on the then current cost of long-term core inventory. The resulting $8,062,000 reduction in the
carrying value of these Remanufactured Cores reduced our net sales for the fiscal year ended March
31, 2007 by the same amount. If our relationship with this customer is terminated, the customer is
obligated to purchase any unreturned Remanufactured or Used Cores from us for cash either
immediately or over a period of time as that customer liquidates its inventory. The amount of the
payment is based upon the contractual per Remanufactured Core price. This contractual price exceeds
the value used to establish the long-term core inventory deposit. As of March 31, 2007, the
long-term core inventory deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately $19,629,000.
Long-term core inventory deposit related to this August 31, 2006, transaction has not changed, but
the total balance in the account has increased due to an additional subsequent Remanufactured Core
purchases.
In March 2005, we entered into an agreement with another major customer. As part of this agreement,
our designation as this customers exclusive supplier of remanufactured import alternators and
starters was extended from February 28, 2008 to December 31, 2012. In addition to customary
marketing allowances, we agreed to acquire the customers import alternator and starter
Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a five-year period. The amount
of credits issued is subject to adjustment if sales to the customer decrease in any quarter by more
than an agreed upon percentage. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $5,613,000 of credits remains
to be issued. The customer is obligated to purchase any unreturned Remanufactured or Used Cores in
the customers inventory upon termination of the agreement for any reason. As we issue credits to
this customer, we establish a long-term core inventory deposit account for the value of the
Remanufactured Core inventory estimated to be on hand with the customer and subject to purchase
upon termination of the agreement, and reduce revenue by the amount by which the credit exceeds the
estimated Remanufactured Core inventory value. As of March 31, 2007, the long-term core inventory
deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately $1,938,000. We regularly review the
long-term core inventory deposit account using the same asset valuation methodologies we use to
value our unreturned Remanufactured Core inventory.
In July 2006, we entered into an agreement with a new customer to become their primary supplier of
alternators and starters. As part of this agreement, we agreed to acquire a portion of the
customers import alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing approximately
$950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $855,000 of credits
remained to be issued under the agreement. Certain promotional allowances were earned by the
customer on an accelerated basis during the first year of the agreement. On May 22, 2007, this
agreement was amended to eliminate our obligation to acquire a portion of the customers import
alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory, and the customer refunded approximately
$95,000 in accounts receivable credits previously issued.
Competition
7
The after-market for remanufactured alternators and starters is highly competitive. Our most
significant competitors are a division of Remy International, Inc. and BBB Industries. We also
compete with several medium-sized remanufacturers and a large number of smaller regional and
specialty remanufacturers. Overseas manufacturers, particularly those located in China, are
increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force in the future.
We believe that the reputation for quality and customer service that a supplier enjoys is a
significant factor in a customers purchase decision. We believe that these factors favor our
company, which provides quality replacement automotive products, rapid and reliable delivery
capabilities as well as promotional support. In this regard, there is increasing pressure from
customers, particularly the largest customers, to provide efficient delivery to promptly meet
customer orders. While this pressure increases our need to build inventory levels, we believe that
our ability to provide efficient delivery distinguishes us from many of our competitors and
provides a competitive advantage. Price and payment terms are very important competitive factors.
The concentration of our sales among a small group of customers has increasingly limited our
ability to negotiate favorable terms for sales of our products.
For the most part, our products have not been patented nor do we believe that our products are
patentable. We seek to protect our proprietary processes and other information by relying on trade
secret laws and non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with certain of our employees and
other persons who have access to our proprietary processes and other information.
Company Operations
Production Process. Our remanufacturing process begins with the receipt of used alternators and
starters, commonly known as Used Cores, from our customers or core brokers. The Used Cores are
evaluated for inventory control purposes and then sorted by part number. Each Used Core is
completely disassembled into its fundamental components. The components are cleaned in a process
that employs customized equipment and cleaning materials in accordance with the required
specifications of the particular component. All components known to be subject to major wear and
those components determined not to be reusable or repairable are replaced by new components.
Non-salvageable components of the Used Core are sold as scrap.
After the cleaning process is complete, the salvageable components of the Used Core are inspected
and tested as prescribed by our ISO TS 16949 approved quality control program, which is implemented
throughout the production process. (ISO TS 16949 is an internationally recognized, world class,
automotive quality system.) Upon passage of all tests, which are monitored by designated quality
control personnel, all the component parts are assembled in a work cell into a finished product.
Inspection and testing are conducted at multiple stages of the remanufacturing process, and each
finished product is inspected and tested on equipment designed to simulate performance under
operating conditions. Finished products are either stored in our warehouse facility or packaged for
immediate shipment. To maximize remanufacturing efficiency, we store component parts ready for
assembly in our warehousing facilities. Our management information systems, including hardware and
software, facilitate the remanufacturing process from Used Cores to finished products.
We continue to explore opportunities for improving efficiencies in our remanufacturing process. In
the last few years, we have reorganized our remanufacturing processes to combine product families
with similar configurations into dedicated factory work cells. This remanufacturing process, known
as lean manufacturing, replaced the more traditional assembly line approach we had previously
utilized and eliminated a large number of inventory moves and the need to track inventory movement
through the remanufacturing process. This new process impacted all of our production in California
and Malaysia and has been used at our Mexico facility since the beginning of operations. Because of
this lean manufacturing approach, we have significantly reduced the time it takes to produce a
finished product.
Offshore Remanufacturing. The majority of our remanufacturing operations are now conducted at our
remanufacturing facilities in Tijuana, Mexico and Malaysia. We also operate a shipping and
receiving warehouse and testing facility in Singapore. These foreign operations have quality
control standards similar or identical to those currently implemented at our remanufacturing
facilities in Torrance, California. Our foreign operations are growing in importance as we take
advantage of lower production costs, and we expect to continue to grow the portion of our
remanufacturing operations that is conducted outside the United States. In fiscal 2007, 2006 and
2005, our foreign
8
operations produced approximately 64%, 32% and 15%, respectively, of our total production. Used
Core receipt, sorting and storage and finished goods storage and distribution are currently
performed at our facility in Torrance. We continue to transition the bulk of our remanufacturing,
warehousing and shipping/receiving operations currently conducted in Torrance to our facilities in
Mexico.
Used Cores and Other Raw Materials. The majority of our Used Cores are obtained from customers
using our core exchange program. The core exchange program consists of the following steps:
|
|
|
Our customers purchase from us a remanufactured unit to be sold to their consumer. |
|
|
|
|
Our customers offer their consumers a credit to exchange their used unit (Used Core) at
the time the consumer purchases a remanufactured unit. |
|
|
|
|
We, in turn, offer our customers a credit to send us these Used Cores. The credit
reduces our accounts receivable. |
Our customers are not obligated to send us all the Used Cores exchanged by their consumers. We have
historically purchased approximately 15% to 20% of our Used Cores in the open market from core
brokers who specialize in buying and selling Used Cores. Although the open market is not a primary
source of Used Cores, it does offer us a supplemental source for maintaining stock balances, so
that we can continue to meet our raw material demands. Not all Used Cores are reusable.
Remanufacturing consumes, on average, more than one Used Core for each remanufactured unit
produced. Although the yield rates depend upon both the product and customer specifications, our
overall average yield rates are about 85%, meaning we use about 117 Used Cores to provide
sufficient salvageable components to complete 100 remanufactured products. During the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2007, we purchased approximately 28% of our Used Cores from core brokers. This
increase in broker purchases was necessary to accommodate our offshore operations and the new
business we obtained.
The price of a finished product sold to our customers is generally comprised of an amount for
remanufacturing (unit value) and an amount separately invoiced for the Remanufactured Core
included in the product (Remanufactured Core charge). The Remanufactured Core charge is equal to
the credit we offer to induce the customer to use our core exchange program and send back the Used
Cores to replenish the raw materials we need to produce additional finished goods. In accordance
with our net-of-core-value revenue recognition policy, at the time a sale is recorded, we only
recognize as revenue the unit value of the finished product. We also record as long-term core
inventory the cost of Remanufactured Cores included in the finished goods that are shipped to
customers and that we expect to be sent back to us as part of the core exchange program. During
fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 96%, 93% and 96%, respectively, of the Remanufactured
Cores we shipped as part of finished goods were replaced by similar Used Cores sent back to us
under our core exchange program and resulting in the issuance of credits equal to the related
Remanufactured Core value.
Other materials and components used in remanufacturing are purchased in the open market. Our main
supplier provided approximately 22%, 21% and 17% of our raw materials purchased during the years
ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and we are dependent on that suppliers ability
to provide us with product. No other supplier provided more than 10% of our raw material needs
during these periods.
The ability to obtain Used Cores, materials and components of the types and quantities we need is
essential to our ability to meet demand.
Return Rights. Under our customer agreements and general industry practice, our customers are
allowed stock adjustments when their inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated
sales to end-user customers. Customers have various contractual rights for stock adjustments which
range from 3%-5% of total units sold. In some instances, we allow a higher level of returns in
connection with a significant update order. Stock adjustment returns are not recorded until they
are authorized by us, and they do not occur at any specific time during the year. In addition, we
allow customers to return goods to us that their end-user customers have returned to them. This
general right of return is allowed regardless of whether the returned item is defective. We seek to
limit the aggregate of stock adjustment and other customer returns to less than 20% of unit sales.
As is standard in the industry, we only accept returns from on-going customers. If a customer
ceases doing business with us, we have no further obligation to accept additional product returns
from that customer. Similarly, we accept product returns and grant appropriate credits from new
customers from the time the new customer relationship is
9
established. This obligation to accept returns from new customers does not result in decreased
liquidity or increased expenses since we only accept one returned product for each unit sold to the
new customer. The return must be received by us in the original box of the unit sold.
We provide for the anticipated returns of inventory in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists by reducing revenue
and cost of sales for the unit value of goods sold based on a historical return analysis and
information obtained from customers about current stock levels and anticipated stock adjustment
returns.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution. We offer one of the widest varieties of alternators and starters
available to the market, and we market and distribute our products throughout North America. Our
products for the automotive retail chain market are primarily sold under our customers private
labels. During fiscal 2004, we expanded our sales efforts beyond automotive retail chains to
include warehouse distribution centers serving professional installers. Our products are sold under
private label and our own Quality-Built brands. Products are shipped from our remanufacturing
facility in Torrance, California and our fee warehouse facilities in Fairfield, New Jersey and
Springfield, Oregon.
We publish, for print and electronic distribution, a catalog with part numbers and applications for
our alternators and starters along with a detailed technical glossary and informational database.
We believe that we maintain one of the most extensive catalog and product identification systems
available to the market.
Included in sales are royalties we receive from the licensing of intellectual property developed
over many years related to rotating electrical products (alternators and starters).
Employees. As of March 31, 2007, we had 580 employees in the United States (down from 833 at March
31, 2006, and 1,100 at March 31, 2005), substantially all of whom were located in Torrance,
California. Of our U.S.-based employees, 104 are administrative personnel and 24 are sales
personnel. In addition, at March 31, 2007, we employed 309 people in Singapore and Malaysia and 638
people at our remanufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico. A union represents all hourly employees
covered by collective bargaining agreements at our Mexico facility. All other employees are
non-union. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.
Seasonality of Business
Extreme weather conditions impact alternator and starter failures, resulting in a modest seasonal
impact on our business. Due to their nature and design, as well as the limits of technology,
alternators and starters traditionally failed when operating in extreme conditions. During the
summer months, when the temperature typically increases over a sustained period of time,
alternators were more likely to fail. Similarly, during winter months, starters were more likely to
fail. Since alternators and starters are critical for the operation of the vehicle, failed units
require immediate replacement. As a result, during the summer months we experienced an increase in
alternator sales, and during the winter months we experienced an increase in starter sales. This
seasonality impact has been diminished by the improvement in the quality of alternators and
starters.
Governmental Regulation
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other
things, emissions to air, discharge to waters, and the generation, handling, storage,
transportation, treatment and disposal of waste and other materials. We believe that our
businesses, operations and facilities have been and are being operated in compliance in all
material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, many of
which provide for substantial fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Potentially significant
expenditures, however, could be required in order to comply with evolving environmental and health
and safety laws, regulations or requirements that may be adopted or imposed in the future.
Based upon the closing price of our common stock on September 29, 2006, we are now required to
comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX). A significant amount of
managements time has been focused on Section 404 compliance work associated with the filing of
this Form 10-K, and significant costs have
10
been incurred. We expect our SOX compliance work will continue to require significant commitment of
management time and the incurrence of significant general and administrative expenses.
Evaluation of Strategic Options
We are continuing to evaluate strategic options that we might pursue to enhance shareholder value.
These could include an acquisition of another company or a sale of our company to a third party.
There is no assurance, however, that we will enter into any transaction as a result of our efforts
in this regard.
11
Item 1A Risk Factors
While we believe the risk factors described below are all the material risks currently facing our
business, additional risks we are not presently aware of or that we currently believe are
immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our financial condition or results of
operations could be materially and adversely impacted by these risks, and the trading price of our
common stock could be adversely impacted by any of these risks. In assessing these risks, you
should also refer to the other information included in or incorporated by reference into this Form
10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere
or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.
We rely on a few major customers for a significant majority of our business, and the loss of any of
these customers, significant changes in the prices, marketing allowances or other important terms
provided to any of our major customers or adverse developments with respect to the financial
condition of any of our major customers would reduce our net income and operating results.
Our sales are concentrated among a few major customers. During fiscal 2007, sales to our five
largest customers constituted 96% of our net sales, and sales to our largest customer constituted
64% of our net sales. Because our sales are concentrated, and the market in which we operate is
very competitive, we are under ongoing pressure from our customers to offer lower prices, extended
payment terms, increased marketing allowances and other terms more favorable to these customers.
These customer demands have put continued pressure on our operating margins and profitability,
resulted in periodic contract renegotiation to provide more favorable prices and terms to these
customers and significantly increased our working capital needs. In addition, this customer
concentration leaves us vulnerable to any adverse change in the financial condition of any of our
major customers. The loss or significant decline of sales to any of our major customers would
reduce our net income and adversely affect our operating results.
Our contract with our largest customer is scheduled to expire in August 2008. At this point, we
cannot provide assurance that this contract will be extended or estimate the impact any such
contract extension would have on our reported results. If this contract is not renewed or we are
required to provide significant customer concessions to renew this contract, our operating results
would be materially and adversely impacted.
The expansion of our offshore remanufacturing and logistic activities has put downward pressure on
our near-term operating results and exposed us to increased risks associated with political or
economic instability in the foreign countries where we conduct operations.
To respond to customer pressures while maintaining or improving gross margins, we have expanded our
overseas operations. Most recently, we established a remanufacturing operation near Tijuana,
Mexico. While we anticipate that the remanufacturing costs in Mexico will ultimately be lower than
those we have incurred in our Torrance, California facility, we have experienced remanufacturing
inefficiencies associated with the ramp-up of our Mexican operations that adversely impacted our
operating results during the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. In addition, we believe that we
will continue to incur duplicative logistics and general and administrative costs as we transition
more of our activities from Torrance to Mexico. These inefficiencies are expected to have an
adverse impact on our operating results through at least fiscal 2008. It is also possible that we
could experience disruptions in remanufacturing and logistics activities as a result of the
wind-down of our Torrance remanufacturing activities that could have a material adverse impact on
our operating results. The expansion of our overseas operations also increases our exposure to
political or economic instability in the host countries and to currency fluctuations.
The complexity associated with the accounting for our operating results and the SECs review of our
previously issued financial statements and core accounting principles may continue to result in
fluctuations in our reported operating results and additional future restatements of our previously
issued financial statements.
Because we receive Used Cores, a critical remanufacturing component, through customer returns and
we offer marketing allowances and other incentives that impact revenue recognition, the accounting
for our operations is more complex than that for many businesses the same size or larger.
Approximately three years ago, the SEC commenced a review of our previously-filed financial
statements. As we responded to the SECs questions, we undertook a comprehensive review of a number
of our critical accounting policies, including several of our revenue
12
recognition policies. This review resulted in the restatement of a number of our previously-issued
annual and quarterly reports and required that we commit a significant level of management time and
incur a significant level of professional fees. While we believe the SEC has completed this review,
we have received no assurance in this regard. Our reported operating results could be subject to
future accounting policy changes as a result of the SECs review of our public reports. In May
2007, the SEC contacted us and indicated they were conducting a review of the accounting principles
applied by public companies that use Used Cores acquired from customers in the production of their
finished goods. We are cooperating with the SEC as their general review of these accounting issues
proceeds. In addition, during the course of the preparation and review of our interim financial
statements for the three and six months ended September 30, 2006, errors were identified in our
application of generally accepted accounting principles. The correction of these errors required us
to restate previously issued financial statements. In connection with our evaluation of our
compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the current fiscal year, we have
determined that there are material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting.
Interruptions or delays in obtaining component parts could impair our business and adversely affect
our operating results.
In our remanufacturing processes, we obtain Used Cores, primarily through customer returns, and
component parts from third-party manufacturers. Historically, the level of Used Core returns from
customers together with purchases from core brokers have provided us with an adequate supply of
this key component. If there was a significant disruption in the supply of Used Cores, whether as a
result of increased Used Core acquisitions by existing or new competitors or otherwise, our
operating activities would be materially and adversely impacted. In addition, a number of the other
components used in the remanufacturing process are available from a very limited number of
suppliers. In fiscal 2007, we received 22% of our raw materials from a single supplier. We are, as
a result, vulnerable to any disruption in component supply, and any meaningful disruption in this
supply would materially and adversely impact our operating results.
Increases in the market prices of key component raw materials could negatively impact our
profitability.
In light of the long-term, continuous pressure on pricing which we have experienced from our major
customers, we may not be able to recoup the higher prices which raw materials, particularly
aluminum and copper, may command in the market-place. We believe the impact of higher raw material
prices, which is outside our control, is mitigated to some extent because we recover a substantial
portion of our raw materials from Used Cores returned to us by our customers. However, we are
unable to determine what adverse impact, if any, sustained raw material price increases may have on
our profitability.
Substantial and potentially increasing competition could reduce our market share and significantly
harm our financial performance.
While we believe we are well-positioned in the market for remanufactured alternators and starters,
this market is very competitive. In addition, other overseas manufacturers, particularly those
located in China, are increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force
in the future. We may not be successful competing against other companies, some of which are larger
than us and have greater financial and other resources at their disposal. Increased competition
could put additional pressure on us to reduce prices or take other actions which may have an
adverse effect on our operating results.
Our financial results are affected by alternator and starter failure rates that are outside our
control.
Our operating results are affected by alternator and starter failure rates. These failure rates are
impacted by a number of factors outside our control, including alternator and starter designs that
have resulted in greater reliability, consumers driving fewer miles as a result of high gasoline
prices and mild weather. A reduction in the failure rates of alternators or starters would
adversely affect our sales and profitability.
13
Our operating results may continue to fluctuate significantly.
We have experienced significant variations in our quarterly results of operations. These
fluctuations have resulted from many factors, including shifting customer demands, shifts in the
demand and pricing for our products and general economic conditions, including changes in
prevailing interest rates. Our gross profit percentage fluctuates due to numerous factors, some of
which are outside our control. These factors include the timing and level of marketing allowances
provided to our customers, differences between the level of projected sales to a particular
customer and the actual sales during the relevant period, pricing strategies, the mix of products
sold during a reporting period, fluctuations in the level of Used Core returns during the period
and general market and competitive conditions.
Our bank may not waive future defaults under our credit agreement.
Over the past several years, we have violated a number of the financial and other covenants
contained in our bank credit agreement. To this point, the bank has been willing to waive these
covenant defaults and to do so without imposing any meaningful cost or penalty on us. If we fail to
meet the financial covenants or the other obligations set forth in our bank credit agreement in the
future, there is no assurance that the bank will waive any such defaults.
Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could adversely affect our business and
liquidity position.
While our recently completed private placement of common stock and warrants has strengthened our
capital position, we expect that our indebtedness may increase substantially from time to time for
various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, marketing allowances provided to
customers, capital expenditures and possible acquisitions. Our indebtedness could materially affect
our business because (i) a portion of our cash flow must be used to service debt rather than
finance our operations, (ii) it may eventually impair our ability to obtain financing in the future
and (iii) it may reduce our flexibility to respond to changes in business and economic conditions
or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.
Our largest shareholder has the ability to influence all matters requiring the approval of our
board of directors and our shareholders.
As of June 1, 2007, Mel Marks, our founder and Board member, held 14.5% of our outstanding common
stock, and we believe other members of the Marks family held an additional 4.6% of our outstanding
stock. As a result of his holdings, Mel Marks has the ability to exercise substantial influence
over us and his interests (and those of his family) may conflict with the interests of other
shareholders.
Our common stock is thinly traded and this market does not provide shareholders with a meaningful
degree of liquidity.
Our common stock is currently traded on the Pink Sheets. Trading on the Pink Sheets can be
sporadic, and the average trading volume is approximately 3,000 to 4,000 shares per day. As a
result, Pink Sheet trading does not provide any meaningful liquidity to investors. While we will
continue to seek exchange listing for our shares, our efforts to date have not been successful, and
there is no assurance that our current efforts will succeed.
Our rights agreement contains provisions that could hinder or prevent a change in control of our
company.
In February 1998, we established a rights plan, which expires in February 2008. Under this plan, in
certain circumstances, including the acquisition of 20% of our outstanding common stock, each right
not owned by the person acquiring this stock interest would entitle its holder to receive, upon
exercise, shares of common stock having a value equal to twice the exercise price of the right.
These rights make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a controlling interest in us
without our Boards approval. As a result, the existence of the rights could have an adverse impact
on the market for our common stock.
14
Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and the price
of our common stock.
Based upon the closing price of our common stock on September 29, 2006, we are now required to
comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX). Section 404 requires our
management to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at the end
of each fiscal year and certify whether or not internal control over financial reporting is
effective. Our independent accountants are also required to express an opinion with respect to the
effectiveness of our internal controls. In connection with our evaluation of Section 404 compliance
for the current fiscal year, we have determined that there are material weaknesses in our internal
controls over financial reporting.
Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect us.
We are exposed to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S.
dollar and the currencies of the foreign countries in which we operate. As a result of our growing
operations in Mexico, our primary risk relates to changes in the rates between the U.S. dollar and
the Mexican peso. To mitigate this currency risk, in August 2005 we began to enter into forward
foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos. The extent to which we use
forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market
conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in the exchange rates. We do not engage in currency speculation or hold or issue financial
instruments for trading purposes. These contracts expire in a year or less. Any change in the fair
value of foreign exchange contracts is accounted for as an increase or offset to general and
administrative expenses in current period earnings.
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
We have not received any written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that were issued more than 180 days before the
end of fiscal 2007, which we believe remain unresolved.
Item 2 Properties
We lease all of the real property used in our operations. We presently lease approximately 227,000
square feet of warehouse, production and administrative space in Torrance, California. In fiscal
2007, we experienced a significant increase in unit demand from our existing and new customers. As
a result, in November 2006, we entered into an amendment to the lease that extended the lease term
for an additional five year period ending March 31, 2012. Under the amendment, we have the right to
cancel the lease with respect to approximately 80,000 square feet of the leased space in the first
and the second year of the extended lease period. The amendment also gives us an option to extend
the lease for an additional five years beginning April 1, 2012. We also lease approximately 4,005
square feet adjacent to our main Torrance facility that is used as additional office and record
storage space. The lease on this second building has terms which coincide with the lease on the
main Torrance building. We expect to continue to use our Torrance facility for receiving,
distribution and other logistics related activities until we can transition this portion of our
remanufacturing operations to our facility in Mexico.
On October 28, 2004, we entered into a build-to-suit lease covering approximately 125,000 square
feet of industrial premises in Tijuana, Mexico. The lease has a term of 10 years from the date the
facility was available for occupancy, and we have an option to extend the lease term for two
additional 5-year periods. In May 2005, we took possession of these premises. In April 2006, we
leased an additional 61,000 square feet adjoining its existing space. On October 18, 2006, we
entered into an amendment to lease an adjacent 125,000 square feet. This new space was fully
occupied in January 2007 and is expected to be used for core receiving, sorting and storage related
functions. The amendment has the same terms as the current lease.
In addition, we occupy nearly 50,000 square feet of leased remanufacturing, warehousing, and office
space under eight separate leases which expire on various dates through March 31, 2009, in
Singapore and Malaysia.
15
The Nashville, Tennessee area facilities we lease consist of two locations. We currently lease
approximately 2,067 square feet of office space under a lease that expires on May 31, 2012. In
April 2005, we entered in an agreement to lease approximately 82,600 square feet of warehouse and
office space for a term of five years and two months. We currently intend to close this warehouse
facility during the second quarter of fiscal 2008 and are seeking to sub-lease the facility.
We believe the facilities we are retaining are sufficient to satisfy our foreseeable warehousing,
production, distribution and administrative office space requirements.
Item 3 Legal Proceedings
In fiscal 2003, the SEC filed a civil suit against us and our former chief financial officer, Peter
Bromberg, arising out of the SECs investigation into our fiscal 1997 and 1998 financial statements
(Complaint). Simultaneously with the filing of the SEC Complaint, we agreed to settle the SECs
action without admitting or denying the allegations in the Complaint. Under the terms of the
settlement, we are subject to a permanent injunction barring us from future violations of the
antifraud and financial reporting provisions of the federal securities laws. No monetary fine or
penalty was imposed upon us in connection with this settlement with the SEC. The United States
Attorneys Office has informed us that it does not intend to pursue criminal charges against the
Company arising from the events involved in the SEC Complaint.
On May 20, 2004, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office announced that Peter Bromberg was
sentenced to ten months, including five months of incarceration and five months of home detention,
for making false and misleading statements about our financial condition and performance in our
1997 and 1998 Forms 10-K filed with the SEC.
In December 2003, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office filed charges against Richard
Marks, our former President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Marks agreed to plead guilty to the
criminal charges, and on June 17, 2005 he was sentenced to nine months of incarceration, nine
months of home detention, 18 months of probation and fined $50,000. In settlement of the SECs
civil fraud action, Mr. Marks paid over $1.2 million in fines and was permanently barred from
serving as an officer or director of a public company.
Based upon the terms of agreements we previously entered into with Mr. Marks, we paid the costs he
incurred in connection with the SEC and United States Attorneys Offices investigation. During
fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, we incurred costs of approximately $368,000, $556,000 and $966,000,
respectively, pursuant to this indemnification arrangement. Following the conclusion of these
investigations, we sought reimbursement from Mr. Marks of certain of the legal fees and costs we
advanced. In June 2006, we entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Marks.
Under this agreement, Mr. Marks is obligated to pay us $682,000 on January 15, 2008 and to pay
interest at the prime rate plus one percent on June 15, 2007 and January 15, 2008. Mr. Marks made
the June interest payment on June 22, 2007. As required by this agreement, Mr. Marks pledged 80,000
shares of our common stock to secure this payment obligation. If at any time the market price of
the stock pledged by Mr. Marks is less than 125% of Mr. Marks obligation, he is required to pledge
additional stock to maintain no less than the 125% coverage level. Richard Marks is the son of Mel
Marks, our founder, largest shareholder and member of our Board. The settlement with Mr. Richard
Marks was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board consisting of Messrs. Borneo,
Gay and Siegel. At March 31, 2007, we recorded a shareholder note receivable for the $682,000 Mr.
Marks owes to us. The note is classified in shareholders equity as it is collateralized by our
common stock. We reduced our general and administrative expenses by $682,000 and recorded related
interest income of $75,000 during the year ended March 31, 2007.
We are subject to various other lawsuits and claims in the normal course of business. Management
does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its
financial position or future results of operations.
16
Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
PART II
Item 5 Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Our Common Stock is currently traded on the Pink Sheets under the trading symbol MPAA.PK. The
trading on the Pink Sheets can be sporadic and does not constitute an established trading market
for our Common Stock. The following table sets forth the high and low bid quotations for our Common
Stock during each quarter of fiscal 2007 and 2006 as tracked on the Pink Sheets. The quotations
reflect inter-dealer prices and may not necessarily represent actual transactions and do not
include any retail mark-ups, markdowns or commissions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
High |
|
Low |
1st Quarter |
|
$ |
13.35 |
|
|
$ |
11.05 |
|
|
$ |
11.65 |
|
|
$ |
9.80 |
|
2nd Quarter |
|
$ |
13.51 |
|
|
$ |
11.35 |
|
|
$ |
11.41 |
|
|
$ |
10.72 |
|
3rd Quarter |
|
$ |
14.70 |
|
|
$ |
13.10 |
|
|
$ |
11.00 |
|
|
$ |
8.98 |
|
4th Quarter |
|
$ |
14.95 |
|
|
$ |
12.60 |
|
|
$ |
14.90 |
|
|
$ |
9.95 |
|
As of June 27, 2007 there were 12,026,731 shares of Common Stock outstanding held by 69 holders of
record. We have never declared or paid dividends on our Common Stock. The declaration of any
prospective dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon
sufficient earnings, capital requirements and financial position, general economic conditions,
state law requirements and other relevant factors. Additionally, our agreement with our lender
prohibits payment of dividends, except stock dividends, without the lenders prior consent.
Preferred Stock
On February 24, 1998, we entered into a Rights Agreement with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust
Company. As part of this agreement, we established 20,000 shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock has
preferential voting, dividend and liquidation rights over the Common Stock.
On February 24, 1998, we also declared a dividend distribution to the March 12, 1998 holders of
record of one Right for each share of Common Stock held. Each Right, when exercisable, entitles its
holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock at a price of $65 per one one-thousandth of a share (subject to adjustment).
The Rights are not exercisable or transferable apart from the Common Stock until an Acquiring
Person, as defined in the Rights Agreement acquires 20% or more of the outstanding shares of the
Common Stock or announces a tender offer that would result in 20% ownership, in each case without
the prior consent of our Board of Directors. We are entitled to redeem the Rights, at $.001 per
Right, any time until ten days after a 20% position has been acquired. Under certain circumstances,
including the acquisition of 20% of our Common Stock, each Right not owned by a potential Acquiring
Person will entitle its holder to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock having a value
equal to twice the exercise price of the Right.
Holders of a Right will be entitled to buy stock of an Acquiring Person at a similar discount if,
after the acquisition of 20% or more of our outstanding Common Stock, we are involved in a merger
or other business combination transaction with another person in which we are not the surviving
company, our common shares are changed or converted, or we sell 50% or more of our assets or
earning power to another person. The Rights expire on March 12, 2008 unless earlier redeemed by the
Company.
17
The Rights make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a controlling interest in the
Company without our Boards approval. As a result, the existence of the Rights could have an
adverse impact on the market for our Common Stock.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
future |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
issuance under equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average |
|
|
compensation plans |
|
|
|
Number of securities to be |
|
|
exercise |
|
|
(excluding |
|
|
|
issued upon exercise of |
|
|
price of outstanding |
|
|
securities reflected in |
|
|
|
outstanding options, |
|
|
options warrants and |
|
|
column |
|
Plan Category |
|
warrants and rights |
|
|
rights |
|
|
(a) |
|
Equity compensation
plans approved by
securities holders |
|
|
1,688,067 |
(1) |
|
$ |
8.29 |
|
|
|
187,766 |
(2) |
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,688,067 |
|
|
$ |
8.29 |
|
|
|
187,766 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of options issued pursuant to our 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, 1996
Employee Stock Option Plan, Directors Plan, 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2004
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of options available for issuance under our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan
and 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
18
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative return to holders of common stock for the fiscal years
ended March 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 with the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) Market Index and an index for our peer group. The comparison assumes
$100 was invested at the close of business on March 31, 2002 in our common stock and in each of the
comparison groups, and assumes reinvestment of dividends.
Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100 at March 31, 2002
Index Through March 2007
Annual Return Percentage Based upon historical performance, the following table depicts the
annual percentage return earned in each of the three comparison groups:
Total Shareholder Returns-Dividends Reinvested
Annual Return Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
Company/Index |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2007 |
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc |
|
|
-50.55 |
% |
|
|
271.11 |
% |
|
|
31.15 |
% |
|
|
21.92 |
% |
|
|
7.49 |
% |
Peer Group |
|
|
-28.01 |
% |
|
|
43.21 |
% |
|
|
5.75 |
% |
|
|
2.12 |
% |
|
|
21.12 |
% |
NASDAQ |
|
|
-26.98 |
% |
|
|
49.38 |
% |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
|
|
18.01 |
% |
|
|
4.17 |
% |
19
Indexed Returns Based upon historical performance, the following table displays the results of
$100 invested at the close of business on March 31, 2002 in the common stock of each of the
comparison groups and assumes reinvestment of dividends:
ZACKS TOTAL RETURN ANNUAL COMPARISON
5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN SUMMARY
Through March 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2007 |
MPA |
|
Return% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50.55 |
) |
|
|
271.11 |
|
|
|
31.15 |
|
|
|
21.92 |
|
|
|
7.49 |
|
|
|
Cum $ |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
49.45 |
|
|
$ |
183.51 |
|
|
$ |
240.68 |
|
|
$ |
293.44 |
|
|
$ |
315.41 |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Return% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26.98 |
) |
|
|
49.38 |
|
|
|
0.85 |
|
|
|
18.01 |
|
|
|
4.17 |
|
|
|
Cum $ |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
73.02 |
|
|
$ |
109.08 |
|
|
$ |
110.00 |
|
|
$ |
129.82 |
|
|
$ |
135.23 |
|
Peer Group |
|
Return% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28.01 |
) |
|
|
43.21 |
|
|
|
5.75 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
|
|
21.12 |
|
|
|
Cum $ |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
71.99 |
|
|
$ |
103.10 |
|
|
$ |
109.02 |
|
|
$ |
111.34 |
|
|
$ |
134.85 |
|
Corporate Performance Graph with peer group uses peer group only performance and excludes Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc.
Peer group indices use beginning of period market capitalization weighting.
S&P index returns are calculated by Zacks.
Peer Group:
|
|
|
Aftermarket Technologies Corporation |
|
|
|
|
Dorman Products, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Motor Products, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Proliance International, Inc. |
Item 6 Selected Financial Data
The following selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for each of the
years ended March 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, has been derived from and should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
|
Income Statement Data |
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
136,323,000 |
|
|
$ |
108,397,000 |
|
|
$ |
96,719,000 |
|
|
$ |
80,349,000 |
|
|
$ |
83,969,000 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(2,475,000 |
) |
|
|
6,298,000 |
|
|
|
13,438,000 |
|
|
|
9,232,000 |
|
|
|
7,521,000 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,281,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,400,000 |
|
|
$ |
10,994,000 |
|
Basic net income
(loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
1.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income
(loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.64 |
|
|
$ |
1.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
Balance Sheet Data |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
Total assets |
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
$ |
101,136,000 |
|
|
$ |
85,647,000 |
|
|
$ |
62,150,000 |
|
|
$ |
57,604,000 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
(26,746,000 |
) |
|
|
12,851,000 |
|
|
|
17,328,000 |
|
|
|
19,212,000 |
|
|
|
9,107,000 |
|
Line of credit |
|
|
22,800,000 |
|
|
|
6,300,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
|
9,932,000 |
|
Capital lease
obligations less
current portion |
|
|
3,629,000 |
|
|
|
4,857,000 |
|
|
|
938,000 |
|
|
|
1,247,000 |
|
|
|
209,000 |
|
Shareholders equity |
|
$ |
47,828,000 |
|
|
$ |
51,595,000 |
|
|
$ |
48,670,000 |
|
|
$ |
40,834,000 |
|
|
$ |
35,775,000 |
|
20
Working capital has been adjusted for the reclassification of core inventory as described in Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Critical
Accounting Policies, Inventory , page 21.
Item 7 Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Disclosure Regarding Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to our future performance that
involve risks and uncertainties. Various factors could cause actual results to differ materially
from those projected in such statements. These factors include, but are not limited to:
concentration of sales to certain customers, changes in our relationship with any of our customers,
including the increasing customer pressure for lower prices and more favorable payment and other
terms, our ability to renew the contract with our largest customer that is scheduled to expire in
August 2008 and the terms of any such renewal, the increasing demands on our working capital,
including the significant strain on working capital associated with large Remanufactured Core
inventory purchases from customers of the type we have increasingly made, our ability to obtain any
additional financing we may seek or require, our ability to achieve positive cash flows from
operations, potential future changes in our previously reported results as a result of the
identification and correction of errors in our accounting policies or procedures, the material
weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, the SECs review of our previously
filed public reports, lower revenues than anticipated from new and existing contracts, our failure
to meet the financial covenants or the other obligations set forth in our bank credit agreement and
the banks refusal to waive any such defaults, any meaningful difference between projected
production needs and ultimate sales to our customers, increases in interest rates, changes in the
financial condition of any of our major customers, the impact of high gasoline prices, the
potential for changes in consumer spending, consumer preferences and general economic conditions,
increased competition in the automotive parts industry, including increased competition from
Chinese manufacturers, difficulty in obtaining Used Cores and component parts or increases in the
costs of those parts, political or economic instability in any of the foreign countries where we
conduct operations, unforeseen increases in operating costs and other factors discussed herein and
in our other filings with the SEC.
Management Overview
During the fiscal year ended March 31 2007, we embarked on a number of important initiatives.
Firstly, we focused on increasing market share in both the DIY and the DIFM market. Secondly, we
focused on making sure that our operating margins could withstand the threat of competitive pricing
pressures by moving the majority of our production offshore. We are also in the process of moving
the remaining logistics support from our California location to our Mexico facility.
With respect to the first initiative, our focus was to increase our market share with retailers who
are predominantly in the DIY market and who are increasingly targeting the DIFM market. With
respect to this initiative, we added a full line supply contract with one of the top five retailers
in the United States. We began shipping product to this new customer in August after a significant
changeover effort. When we entered into this new customer relationship, we did not expect to
realize the full benefit from this arrangement during the first year of the contract due to the
various start-up expenses. We believe this customer will be a contributor to our profitability in
the future. In addition, we have taken efforts to bolster the service levels to each of our retail
customers to ensure that we maximize their respective opportunities for growth. As a result of this
initiative, unit sales to our retail customers are up by 10% over the prior year excluding the
effect of the termination of the POS arrangement. We have also made significant in-roads into
supplying the DIFM market. As of year end our private label and our own brand, Quality Built
represents unit sales of approximately 21% of our total unit sales, an increase of 43% over the
prior year. This does not include the portion of our unit sales to the DIFM market that come from
our retail customer.
Overall during fiscal 2007, our net sales reached historic highs. Net sales increased by 25.8%.
This metric has been affected positively by a one time catch up of sales of product previously
shipped under our terminated POS arrangement. If the sales associated with the POS termination are
not taken into account, net sales are up by 14.9%
A significant portion of this sales growth is supported by long-term agreements with our customers.
During fiscal 2007, we began shipping to a large new customer, amended our agreement with our
largest customer to end the prior POS agreement and purchase a portion of their on-hand
Remanufactured Cores, and broadened our agreement with
21
our large OE customer. While these longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships and
improve our overall business base, they require a substantial amount of working capital to meet
ramped-up production demands, purchase Used Core inventory and provide marketing and other
allowances that are often front-loaded and significantly reduce the near-term gross profit and the
associated cash flow from these new or expanded arrangements. We evaluate new business
opportunities by looking at the returns over a 3 to 5 year period. If the anticipated returns meet
our threshold levels, we will pursue the new business.
With respect to our second initiative outlined above, we embarked on a dual approach to increasing
our offshore manufacturing. We opened a new remanufacturing facility in Mexico with the goal to
produce the majority of our supply to the North American marketplace in Mexico. The facility has
been successfully, launched with early indications that our manufacturing costs will be improved.
In addition we intend to completely move core sorting warehousing and shipping to this location.
During fiscal 2007, we had significant expenses relating to building out this facility and the
ramp-up of production at this facility. We experienced various operating inefficiencies, including
a significant new work force which had to go through intensive training. Due to the significant
number of laborers needed in our operating processes this was expensive and slow. In addition, we
had to keep our California operations running at a higher than normal capacity to make sure that
none of our operations suffered while we continued with our offshore initiative. As of the end of
fiscal 2007 the Mexico workforce totaled 638. We also had to pay duplicative overhead costs like
rent, maintain excess inventory to continue hitting fill rates with customers and allocate
inventory over multiple locations. The impact of these expenditures is evidenced by lower gross
margins and an increase in our fixed and overhead costs. It is our expectation that we will start
to reap the benefits of these initiatives in the future.
The impact on our working capital from these factors is evident in the significant increases in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities, the increase in the line of credit and the decrease in
net accounts receivable. These changes from the prior fiscal year are primarily due to the higher
levels of inventory purchased, the increase in manufacturing costs and higher level marketing
allowances provided to our customers.
The increased borrowings on our line of credit, higher level of factored receivables and increased
average days over which the receivables were factored, associated with extended payment terms we
have provided to our customers, resulted in a more than 100% increase in our net interest expense.
Based upon the closing price of our common stock on September 29, 2006, we are now required to
comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX). A significant amount of
management time has been focused on compliance work and significant costs have been incurred.
During fiscal 2007, we incurred approximately $2,379,000 of general and administrative expenses
related to Section 404 compliance
As we move forward into fiscal 2008, we continue to aggressively increase both the volume and the
percentage of units remanufactured at our Mexico and Malaysia facilities. In addition, because our
Mexico operations experience lower labor-related costs than Torrance, we began to relocate our
logistics functions to Mexico by leasing an additional building adjacent to the existing facility.
We expect to continue to use our Torrance facility for receiving, distribution and other logistics
related activities until we transition this portion of our operations to our facilities in Mexico
during fiscal 2008. We also anticipate that competitive pressures may increase as overseas
manufacturers, particularly those based in China, expand the scope of their operations.
Although our SOX compliance work will continue to require a significant commitment of management
time and the incurrence of significant general and administrative expenses, we are near the close
of the first year of compliance which required both the documentation of our internal controls and
the implementation of a testing process. As we move into the second year, the focus of the
compliance work shifts to necessary remediation, maintenance of the internal control process and
its documentation and testing.
To address our working capital needs, in May 2007, we sold 3,641,909 shares of our common stock in
a private placement at a price of $11.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds before
expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of approximately $36,500,000. We also issued warrants to
purchase up to 546,283 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The
warrants are callable by us if the volume weighted average trading price of our common stock as
quoted by Bloomberg L.P. is greater than $22.50 for 10 consecutive trading days.
22
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail below
and in Note C to our consolidated financial statements.
In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we use estimates and assumptions for matters
that are inherently uncertain. We base our estimates on historical experiences and reasonable
assumptions. Our use of estimates and assumptions affects the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities and the amount and timing of revenues and expenses we recognize for and during the
reporting period. Actual results may differ from our estimates.
Our remanufacturing operations require that we acquire Used Cores, a necessary raw material, from
our customers and offer our customers marketing and other allowances that impact revenue
recognition. These elements of our business give rise to accounting issues that are more complex
than many businesses our size or larger. In addition, the relevant accounting standards and issues
continue to evolve. As a result, certain of our previously issued financial statements have been
restated to reflect changes in our application of generally accepted accounting principles.
Inventory
Non-core Inventory
Non-core Inventory is comprised of non-core raw materials, the non-core value of work-in-process
and the non-core value of finished goods. Used Cores, the Used Core value of work-in-process and
the Remanufactured Core portion of finished goods are classified as long-term core inventory as
described later in this note.
Non-core Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of non-core inventory
approximates average historical purchase prices paid, and is based upon the direct costs of
material and an allocation of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs. The cost of non-core
inventory is evaluated at least quarterly during the fiscal year and adjusted to reflect current
lower of cost or market levels. These adjustments are determined for individual items of inventory
within each of the three classifications of non-core inventory as follows:
Non-core raw materials are recorded at average cost, which is based on the actual purchase
price of raw material on hand. The average is updated quarterly. This average cost is the
basis for allocation of materials to finished goods during the production process.
Non-core work in process is in various stages of production, is on average 50% complete and is
valued at 50% of the cost of a finished good. Non-core work in process inventory historically
comprises less than 3% of the total inventory balance.
Finished goods cost includes the average cost of non-core raw materials and allocations of
labor and variable and fixed overhead. The allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead
costs are determined based on the average actual use of the production facilities over the
prior twelve months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the distortion in
allocated labor and overhead costs that would occur during short periods of abnormally low or
high production. In addition, we exclude certain unallocated overhead such as severance costs,
duplicative facility overhead costs, and spoilage and expense them as period costs as required
in Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment
of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (FAS 151). For the year ended March 31, 2007, costs of approximately
$216,000 were considered abnormal and thus excluded from the cost calculation.
We provide an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon recent sales
history, the quantity of inventory remaining on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of the
inventory. We review inventory on a monthly basis to identify excess quantities and part numbers
that are experiencing a reduction in demand. In general, part numbers with quantities representing
a one to three-year supply are partially reserved for at rates based upon managements judgment and
consistent with historical rates. Any part numbers with quantities representing more
23
than a three-year supply are reserved for at a rate that considers possible scrap and liquidation
values and may be as high as 100% if no liquidation market exists for the part.
The quantity thresholds and reserve rates are subjective and are based on managements judgment and
knowledge of current and projected industry demand. The reserve estimates may, therefore, be
revised if there are changes in the overall market for our product or in managements judgment of
the impact of market changes on our ability to sell or liquidate potentially excess or obsolete
inventory.
We apply the guidance provided by the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 02-16, Accounting by a
Customer (Including a Reseller) for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor ( EITF 02-16 ), by
recording vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories that are recognized as a reduction to cost
of sales as the inventories are sold.
Inventory Unreturned
Inventory Unreturned represents our estimate, based on historical data and prospective information
provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that we expect to be
returned, under our general right of return policy, after the balance sheet date. The balance
includes only the added unit value of a finished goods (as previously mentioned, all cores are
classified separately as long term assets). The return rate is calculated based on expected
returns within a normal operating cycle, which is one year. Hence, the related amounts are
classified in current assets.
Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as our finished goods inventory.
Long-term Core Inventory
Long-term core inventory consists of:
|
|
|
Used Cores purchased from core brokers and held in inventory at our facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by our customers and held in inventory at our facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores expected to be returned by our customers and held at their locations, Used
Cores that have been returned by end-users to customers but have not yet been returned to
us are classified as Remanufactured Cores until they are physically received by us. |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held in finished goods inventory at our facilities; and |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held at the customers locations as a part of the finished goods
sold to the customer. For these Remanufactured Cores, we expect the finished good
containing the Remanufactured Core to be returned under our general right of return policy
or a similar Used Core to be returned to us by the customer, in each case, for credit. |
Long-term core inventory is recorded at average historical purchase price determined based on
actual purchases of inventory on hand. The cost and market value of Used Cores for which
sufficient recent purchases have occurred are deemed the same as the purchases are made in arms
length transactions.
Longterm core inventory recorded at average purchase price is primarily made up of Used Cores for
newer products related to more recent automobile models or products for which there is a less
liquid market. We must purchase these Used Cores from core brokers because our customers do not
have a sufficient supply of these newer Used Cores available for the core exchange program.
Approximately 15% to 25% of the Used Core units are obtained in these core broker transactions and
are valued based on average purchase price. The average purchase price of the Used Cores for more
recent automobile models is retained as the cost for these Used Cores in subsequent periods even as
the source of these Used Cores shifts to our core exchange program.
Long-term core inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market value. In the absence of
sufficient recent purchases, we use core broker price lists to assess whether Used Core cost
exceeds Used Core market value on an item by item basis. The primary reason for the insufficient
recent purchases is that we obtain most of our Used Core inventory from the customer core exchange
program.
24
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we reclassified all of our core inventories to a long-term
asset account. The determination of the long-term classification was based on our view that the
value of the cores are not consumed or realized in cash during our normal operating cycle, which is
one year for most of the cores recorded in inventory. According to ARB 43, current assets are
defined as assets or other resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected to
be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business. We do
not believe that core inventories, which we classify as long-term, are consumed because the credits
issued upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores
included in finished goods were sold. We do not expect the core inventories to be consumed, and
thus realize cash, until our relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that we consider
remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience.
However, historically for approximately 4.5% of finished goods sold, our customer will not send us
a Used Core to obtain the credit we offer under our core exchange program. Therefore, based on our
historical estimate, we derecognize the core value for these finished goods upon sale, as we
believe they have been consumed and we have realized cash.
We realize cash for only the core exchange program shortfall of approximately 4.5%. This shortfall
represents the historical difference between the number of finished goods shipped to customers and
the number of Used Cores returned to us by customers. We do not realize cash for the remaining
portion of the cores because the credits issued upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts
invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores included in finished goods were sold. We do not expect to
realize cash for the remaining portion of these cores until our relationship with a customer ends,
a possibility that we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and
historical experience.
For these reasons, we concluded that it is more appropriate to classify core inventory as a
long-term asset.
Long-term Core Inventory Deposit
The long-term core inventory deposit account represents the value of Remanufactured Cores we have
purchased from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the customers premises.
The purchase is made through the issuance of credits against that customers receivables either on
a one time basis or over an agreed-upon period. The credits against the customers receivable are
based upon the Remanufactured Core purchase price previously established with the customer. At the
same time, we record the long-term core inventory deposit for the Remanufactured Cores purchased at
its cost, determined as noted under Long-term Core Inventory. The long-term core inventory deposit
is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost is established at the time of the transaction
based on the then current cost, determined as noted under Long-term Core Inventory. The difference
between the credit granted and the cost of the long-term core inventory deposit is treated as a
sales allowance reducing revenue as required under EITF 01-9. When the purchases are made over an
agreed-upon period, the long-term core inventory deposit is recorded at the same time the credit is
issued to the customer for the purchase of the Remanufactured Cores.
At least annually, and as often as quarterly, reconciliations and confirmations are performed to
determine that the number of Remanufactured Cores purchased, but retained at the customers
premises, remains sufficient to support the amounts recorded in the long-term core inventory
deposit account. At the same time, the mix of Remanufactured Cores is reviewed to determine that
the aggregate value of Remanufactured Cores in the account has not changed during the reporting
period. The Company evaluates the cost of Remanufactured Cores supporting the aggregate long-term
core inventory deposit account each quarter. If the Company identifies any permanent reduction in
either the number or the aggregate value of the Remanufactured Core inventory mix held at the
customer location, the Company will record a reduction in the long-term core inventory deposit
account for that period.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when our performance is complete, and all of the following criteria
established by Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition have been met:
|
|
|
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, |
25
|
|
|
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, |
|
|
|
|
The sellers price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and |
|
|
|
|
Collectibility is reasonably assured. |
For products shipped free-on-board (FOB) shipping point, revenue is recognized on the date of
shipment. For products shipped FOB destination, revenues are recognized two days after the date of
shipment based on our experience regarding the length of transit duration. We include shipping and
handling charges in the gross invoice price to customers and classify the total amount as revenue
in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling
Fees and Costs. Shipping and handling costs are recorded in cost of sales.
Revenue Recognition; Net-of-Core-Value Basis
The price of a finished product sold to customers is generally comprised of separately invoiced
amounts for the Remanufactured Core included in the product (Remanufactured Core value) and for
the value added by remanufacturing (unit value). The unit value is recorded as revenue based on
our then current price list, net of applicable discounts and allowances. Based on our experience,
contractual arrangements with customers and inventory management practices, more than 90% of the
remanufactured alternators and starters we sell to customers are replaced by similar Used Cores
sent back for credit by customers under our core exchange program. In accordance with our
net-of-core-value revenue recognition policy, we do not recognize the Remanufactured Core value as
revenue when the finished products are sold. We generally limit the number of Used Cores sent back
under the core exchange program to the number of similar Remanufactured Cores previously shipped to
each customer.
Revenue Recognition and Deferral Core Revenue
Full price Remanufactured Cores: When we ship a product, we invoice certain customers for
the Remanufactured Core portion of the product at full Remanufactured Core sales price but do not
recognize revenue for the Remanufactured Core value at that time. For these Remanufactured Cores,
we recognize revenue based upon an estimate of the rate at which our customers will pay cash for
Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under our core exchange
program.
Nominal price Remanufactured Cores: We invoice other customers for the Remanufactured Core
portion of product shipped at a nominal Remanufactured Core price. Unlike the full price
Remanufactured Cores, we only recognize revenue from Remanufactured Cores not expected to be
replaced by a similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program when we believe that we
have met all the following criteria under SAB 104:
|
|
|
we have a signed agreement with the customer covering the nominally priced
Remanufactured Cores not expected to be sent back, and the agreement must specify the
number of Remanufactured Cores our customer will pay cash for in lieu of sending back a
similar Used Core under our core exchange program and the basis on which the nominally
priced Remanufactured Cores are to be valued (normally the average price per Remanufactured
Core stipulated in the agreement). |
|
|
|
|
the contractual date for reconciling our records and customers records of the number
of nominally priced Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by similar Used Cores
sent back under our core exchange program must be in the current or a prior period. |
|
|
|
|
the reconciliation must be completed and agreed to by the customer |
|
|
|
|
the amount must be billed to the customer. |
Deferral of Remanufactured Core Revenue. As noted previously, we have in the past and may in the
future agree to buy-back Remanufactured Cores from certain customers. The difference between the
credit granted and the cost of the Remanufactured Cores bought back is treated as a sales allowance
reducing revenue as required under EITF 01-
26
9. As a result of the increasing level of Remanufactured Core buybacks, we have now decided to
defer core revenue from these customers until there is no expectation that sales allowances
associated with Remanufactured Core buybacks from these customers will offset core revenues that
would otherwise be recognized once the criteria noted above have been met. During the year ended
March 31, 2007, $1,575,000 of such Remanufactured Core revenues was deferred. No Remanufactured
Core revenues were deferred in prior periods.
Revenue Recognition; General Right of Return
We allow our customers to return goods to us that their end-user customers have returned to them,
whether the returned item is or is not defective (warranty returns). In addition, under the terms
of certain agreements with our customers and industry practice, our customers from time to time are
allowed stock adjustments when their inventory quantity of certain product lines exceeds the
anticipated quantity of sales to end-user customers (stock adjustment returns). We seek to limit
the aggregate of customer returns, including warranty and stock adjustment returns, to less than
20% of unit sales. In some instances, we allow a higher level of returns in connection with a
significant update order.
We provide for such anticipated returns of inventory in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists by reducing revenue
and the related cost of sales for the units estimated to be returned.
Our allowance for warranty returns is established based on a historical analysis of the level of
this type of return as a percentage of total unit sales. Stock adjustment returns do not occur at
any specific time during the year, and the expected level of these returns cannot be reasonably
estimated based on a historical analysis. Our allowance for stock adjustment returns is based on
specific customer inventory levels, inventory movements and information on the estimated timing of
stock adjustment returns provided by our customers.
Sales Incentives
We provide various marketing allowances to our customers, including sales incentives and
concessions. Marketing allowances related to a single exchange of product are recorded as a
reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are
offered. Other marketing allowances, which may only be applied against future purchases, are
recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant
contract. Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the value of the incentive provided.
Accounting for Deferred Taxes
The valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities is based upon managements estimate of current
and future taxable income using the accounting guidance in SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
For fiscal 2007 and 2006 management determined that no valuation allowance was necessary for
deferred tax assets.
Financial Risk Management and Derivatives
We are exposed to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S.
dollar and the currencies of the foreign countries in which we operate. As a result of our growing
operations in Mexico, our primary risk relates to changes in the rates between the U.S. dollar and
the Mexican peso. To mitigate this currency risk, in August 2005 we began to enter into forward
foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos. The extent to which we use
forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market
conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in the exchange rates. We do not engage in currency speculation or hold or issue financial
instruments for trading purposes. We had foreign exchange contracts with a U.S. dollar equivalent
notional value of $5,463,000 and $4,131,000 and a nominal fair value at March 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. These contracts expire in a year or less. Any changes in the fair value of foreign
exchange contracts are accounted for as an increase or offset to general and administrative
expenses in current period earnings. For fiscal 2007, the net effect of the foreign exchange
contracts was to increase general and administrative expenses by approximately $11,000.
27
Share-based Payments
Effective April 1, 2006, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (FAS 123R) using the
modified prospective application method of transition for all our stock-based compensation plans.
Accordingly, while the reported results for the fiscal 2007 reflect the adoption of FAS 123R, prior
year amounts have not been restated. FAS 123R requires the compensation costs associated with
stock-based compensation plans be recognized and reflected in our reported results.
The following table presents the impact adoption of FAS 123R had on our audited consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March |
|
|
|
31, 2007 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
$ |
(1,557,000 |
) |
Interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(1,557,000 |
) |
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(542,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(1,015,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, we accounted for stock-based employee compensation as prescribed
by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
and adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and
SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-an amendment of SFAS
123.
Under the provisions of APB No. 25, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess,
if, any, of the market price of our common stock at the date of the grant over the amount an
employee must pay to acquire the stock. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is
recorded based on the value of the award at the grant date and is recognized over the service
period.
As of March 31, 2007, we had approximately $1,444,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted
average vesting period of 2.3 years.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities (FAS No.159). FAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure at fair
value certain financial instruments and other items that are not currently required to be measured
at fair value. FAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We
expect to adopt FAS No. 159 in the first quarter fiscal 2009.
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS No. 157). FAS No.
157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also
established a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value
measurement. FAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair
value measurements. FAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2007 and
interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of FAS No. 157 on
our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprises financial statements and prescribes a
recognition threshold for financial statement recognition and a measurement attribute for a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides related
guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods
and disclosure. FIN 48 is effective for us beginning April 1, 2007. While our evaluation is not
complete, we do not expect adoption of FIN 48 to have a material impact on our financial
statements.
28
Subsequent Event
On May 23, 2007, we completed the sale of 3,641,909 shares of our common stock, at a price of
$11.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net
proceeds of approximately $36,500,000, and warrants to purchase up to 546,283 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. This sale was made through a private placement to
accredited investors. The warrants are callable by us if the volume weighted average trading price
of our common stock as quoted by Bloomberg L.P. is greater than $22.50 for 10 consecutive trading
days.
We are obligated to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to register the
shares of common stock sold and the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the warrants by July
31, 2007 and to cause the registration statement to become effective no later than the
150th day following May 23, 2007. If we miss either of these deadlines, we are obligated
to pay the purchasers of the common stock and warrants sold in the private placement partial
liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate proceeds from this private placement, and an
additional 1% for each subsequent month these deadlines are not met, until the partial liquidated
damages paid equals 19% of such aggregate proceeds. Any payments made under this registration
rights agreement will reduce additional paid-in-capital.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes certain key operating data for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Gross profit |
|
|
15.6 |
% |
|
|
23.4 |
% |
|
|
29.6 |
% |
Cash flow from operations |
|
$ |
(9,313,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(11,454,000 |
) |
|
$ |
4,206,000 |
|
Finished goods turnover (1) |
|
|
4.21 |
|
|
|
2.35 |
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
Finished goods turnover, excluding POS inventory (2) |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
4.42 |
|
|
|
5.23 |
|
Return on equity (3) |
|
|
(10.36 |
)% |
|
|
4.30 |
% |
|
|
17.80 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Finished goods turnover is calculated by dividing the cost of goods sold for the year by the
average of the finished goods inventory values, including the long-term core portion at the
beginning and the end of each year. We believe that this provides a useful measure of our
ability to turn production into revenue. The finished goods turnover ratio in fiscal 2007 was
positively impacted by the termination of the POS agreement in August 2006. |
|
(2) |
|
Finished goods turnover, excluding POS inventory is calculated by dividing the cost of goods
sold for the year by the average of the finished goods inventory values, including the
long-term core portion at the beginning and the end of each year and excluding pay-on-scan
inventory. We believe that this provides a useful measure of our ability to manage the
inventory which is within our physical control. |
|
(3) |
|
Return on equity is computed as net income divided by beginning shareholders equity and
measures our ability to invest shareholders funds profitably. |
Following is our results of operation, reflected as a percentage of net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
84.4 |
|
|
|
76.6 |
|
|
|
70.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
|
29.6 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
|
|
12.0 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
Fiscal 2007 compared to Fiscal 2006
Net Sales. Gross sales in fiscal 2007 increased by approximately $55,836,000 or 37.9%
primarily due to the sale of products previously shipped on a POS basis totaling $19,795,000 and
higher sales to our new and existing customers. This increase was partially offset by the
$8,062,000 write-down of the long-term core inventory deposit we established in connection with the
termination of the POS arrangement that reduced net sales by a comparable amount. Our gross sales
increase was further offset by an $8,849,000 increase in marketing allowances from $18,620,000 for
fiscal 2006 to $27,469,000 for fiscal 2007. This increase was primarily due to marketing allowances
we provided to new customers during fiscal 2007. In general, a disproportionate percentage of
marketing allowances for new customers are front-loaded. Marketing allowances as a percentage of
sales including the net sales impact from the termination of the POS arrangement, increased
marginally by 0.9% for fiscal 2007 compare to fiscal 2006. Customer returns (which also reduce
gross sales) increased by $6,697,000 from $28,156,000 for fiscal 2006 to $34,853,000 for fiscal
2007. As a percentage of sales including the net sales impact from the termination of the POS
arrangement, customer returns decreased 2.0% for fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 primarily due
to a reduction in warranty return rates. As a result of these factors, net sales for fiscal 2007
increased $27,926,000, or 25.8%, to $136,323,000 over the net sales for fiscal 2006 of
$108,397,000.
Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased from 76.6% for
fiscal 2006 to 84.4% for fiscal 2007 resulting in a corresponding decrease in our gross profit
percentage to 15.6% in fiscal 2007 from 23.4% in fiscal 2006. The $8,062,000 sales incentive
associated with the write-down of the long-term core inventory deposit noted above, the increase in
marketing allowances associated with new business and the customer returns and adjustments
discussed in the preceding paragraph reduced our gross profit percentage for fiscal 2007 by 11.6%.
Each of these charges reduced net sales for fiscal 2007, but did not impact the cost of goods sold.
The lower per unit manufacturing costs resulted from improvements in manufacturing efficiencies at
our Mexican facility when compared to fiscal 2006. This impact is expected to continue until we
fully reflect the lower remanufacturing costs of the Mexican and Malaysian facilities.
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased $3,848,000 to
$18,185,000 from $14,337,000 for fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to approximately
$2,100,000 of increased expenses we incurred to meet the SOX Section 404 requirements by the end of
fiscal 2007, compensation expenses of approximately $1,557,000 associated with our initial
recognition under FAS 123R of stock options and approximately $1,463,000 associated with incentive
and other bonuses. General and administrative expenses in our Mexico facility increased from
$587,000 in fiscal 2006 to $1,225,000 in fiscal 2007 due primarily to the ramp-up of activities at
our Mexico facility. In addition, we eliminated 80 positions at our Torrance facilities in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and recorded $258,000 of severance and other costs related to this
reduction in staff. Our general and administrative expenses were offset by the recording of the
shareholder note receivable of $682,000 for reimbursement of indemnification costs. In addition,
general and administrative expenses were further offset by the reduction in fiscal 2007 of the
following expenses that were incurred during fiscal 2006: (i) $364,000 associated with our response
to the SECs review of our SEC filings that began in 2004 and the related restatement of our
financial statements, (ii) $368,000 in our indemnification costs associated the SECs and the U.S.
Attorneys Offices investigation of our former president and chief operating officer and (iii)
start-up costs of approximately $716,000 related to our production location in Mexico and our
distribution center in Nashville, Tennessee. In addition, in fiscal 2007, we recorded a $300,000
increase in the amortization of the deferred gain associated with our sale/leaseback financing that
reduces our general and administrative expenses.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increased by $580,000 to $4,116,000 for
fiscal 2007 from $3,536,000 for fiscal 2006. The increase was due primarily to increases in
staffing in the sales and marketing departments to support the increased sales volume and customer
base and the $180,000 increase in commission expenses to $388,000 for fiscal 2007. As a percentage
of sales, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 3.3% for fiscal 2006 to 3.0% for fiscal 2007.
The reduction as a percentage of sales was a result of increased sales.
Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by $223,000 from
$1,234,000 for fiscal 2006 to $1,457,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase, primarily in wage-related
expenses, was due to the increased
30
cost of supporting our new business and the development of new diagnostic equipment for our
Mexico and Malaysia facilities.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense, net of interest income, was $5,913,000 in fiscal 2007.
This represents an increase of $2,959,000 over net interest expense of $2,954,000 for fiscal 2006.
This increase was principally attributable to an increase in the average outstanding balance on our
line of credit, the increase in the amount of receivables that were discounted under our factoring
agreements, the increase in the average days over which the receivables were factored associated
with the extended payment terms we have provided certain of our customers and the increase in
short-term interest rates.
Income Tax. For fiscal 2007, we recognized income tax benefits of $3,432,000 compared to an
income tax expense of $1,259,000 for fiscal 2006. Our tax rate for fiscal 2007 was significantly
different compared to the tax rate for fiscal 2006 primarily as a result of the greater impact of
tax credits and foreign tax payments on a lower estimated U.S. net income before taxes. During
fiscal 2006, we utilized all of our net operating loss carry forwards available for income tax
purposes. Our net operating loss in fiscal 2007 resulted in the creation of net operating loss
carry forwards of approximately $1,921,000.
Fiscal 2006 compared to Fiscal 2005
Net Sales. Gross sales in fiscal 2006 increased by approximately $24,179,000 or 18.2%
primarily due to the ramp up in sales to one of the largest automobile manufacturers that
distributes our products directly to the professional installer market. Gross sales also increased
due to an increase of $2,295,000 in revenue from unreturned Remanufactured Cores and an increase in
royalty income of $281,000. The stock adjustment and other returns which offset gross sales
increased $1,238,000 due primarily to the increase in gross sales in fiscal 2006 over fiscal 2005.
For fiscal 2006 and 2005, we recorded a reduction in gross sales of $18,620,000 and $11,996,000
respectively attributable to discounts and allowances. The increase of $6,624,000 or 55.2% in
fiscal 2006 over fiscal 2005 included $4,094,000 of front loaded marketing allowances we provided
for new business from several of our customers. The remainder of the increase in discounts and
allowances was due to the impact of increased unit sales on existing discount programs and
additional short term discounts that we provided to respond to continuing competitive pressures. As
a result of these factors, net sales for fiscal 2006 increased $11,678,000 or 12.1% to $108,397,000
over the net sales for fiscal 2005 of $96,719,000.
Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased to 76.6% in
fiscal 2006 from 70.4% in fiscal 2005 causing a decrease in the gross profit percentage to 23.4% in
fiscal 2006 from 29.6% in fiscal 2005. Approximately 4.3% of the decrease in the gross profit
percentage resulted from the $6,624,000 increase in discounts and allowances, which reduce reported
sales but do not impact the cost of goods associated with those sales. In addition, facility
start-up costs of $699,000 related to our new production location in Tijuana, Mexico and our new
distribution center in Nashville, Tennessee contributed to this decrease. These decreases were
partially offset by higher unreturned Remanufactured Core revenue, which has a higher margin than
unit sales, and higher royalty income, which has no associated cost of sales.
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased to $14,337,000
for fiscal 2006 from $11,622,000 for fiscal 2005. This $2,715,000 and 23.4% increase is due to
increases in the outside professional and consulting fees of approximately $364,000 associated with
the SECs review of our SEC filings and the related restatement of our financial statements,
administrative start-up costs of approximately $716,000 related to our new production location in
Tijuana, Mexico and our new distribution center in Nashville, Tennessee, consulting fees of
approximately $300,000 incurred to satisfy the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and
increases in headcount to strengthen the administrative departments and support the additional
sales volume. These increases were partially offset by a $188,000 decrease in the expenses
associated with our indemnification of Richard Marks, a former officer, in connection with the
SECs and the United States Attorneys investigation of him.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increased by $777,000 or 28.2% to
$3,536,000 for fiscal 2006 from $2,759,000 for fiscal 2005. This increase is primarily attributable
to increases in advertising costs from $87,000 in fiscal 2005 to $320,000 in fiscal 2006 and
increases in staffing in the sales and marketing departments to support the increased sales volume
and customer base and costs incurred in connection with the printing and electronic conversion of
our product catalog.
31
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased over the prior year
by $398,000 or 47.6% to $1,234,000 for fiscal 2006 from $836,000 for fiscal 2005. This increase was
attributable to personnel hired and the cost of personnel reassigned to assist with the research
and development needs of our new and expanded business.
Interest Expense. For fiscal 2006, interest expense, net of interest income, was $2,954,000.
This represents an increase of $1,262,000 over net interest expense of $1,692,000 for fiscal 2005.
This increase was principally attributable to an increase in the average outstanding loan balance
on our line of credit and increases in short-term interest rates on both the line of credit and the
accounts receivable we discounted under our factoring agreements. Interest expense is comprised
principally of interest paid under our bank credit agreement, discounts recognized in connection
with our receivables factoring arrangements and interest on our capital leases.
Income Tax. For fiscal 2006 and 2005, we recognized income tax expense of $1,259,000 and
$4,465,000, respectively. During fiscal 2006, we utilized all of our net operating loss carry
forwards available for income tax purposes. As a result, we anticipate that our future cash flow
will be more significantly impacted by our future tax payments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
During the last three fiscal years, we financed our operations either through the use of our bank
credit facility, the receivable discount programs we have with banks for two of our customers and a
capital financing sale-leaseback transaction with our bank. Our working capital needs have
increased significantly in light of Remanufactured Core inventory purchases, ramped up production
demands and related higher inventory levels and increased marketing allowances associated with our
new or expanded business. During the last four fiscal years, our tax payments were significantly
reduced through the utilization of our net operating loss carry forwards. As a result of our fiscal
2007 loss, we now have a net operating loss carry forward of approximately $1,921,000 that can be
used to reduce future tax payments. To respond to our growing working capital needs and strengthen
our financial position, in May 2007 we completed a private placement of common stock and warrants
that resulted in aggregate gross proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of
approximately $36,500,000.
We believe the proceeds from our recent private placement together with amounts available under our
amended bank credit facility, cash flows from operations and our cash and short term investments on
hand are sufficient to satisfy our expected future working capital needs, capital lease commitments
and capital expenditure obligations over the next year. Based upon our current projections we
expect to generate cash flow from operations during the current fiscal year. We cannot provide
assurance in this regard, however.
Working Capital and Net Cash Flow
At March 31, 2007, we had negative working capital of $26,746,000, a ratio of current assets to
current liabilities of 0.7:1, and cash and cash equivalents of $349,000, which compares to working
capital of $12,851,000, a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 1.3:1, and cash and
cash equivalents of $400,000 at March 31, 2006. Working capital decreased primarily due to the
decrease in trade receivables of $11,643,000 resulting from the increased marketing allowances we
provided to secure new business and accruals for customer finished good returns, an increase in
trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $21,718,000, an increase in our line of credit of
$16,500,000. These decreases in working capital were partially offset by an increase in unreturned
finished goods inventory of $2,938,000 that resulted from increased unit sales and an increase in
income tax receivable and deferred income tax assets of $2,629,000.
Net cash used in operating activities was $9,313,000 for fiscal 2007 compared to $11,454,000 for
fiscal 2006. The most significant changes in operating activities for fiscal 2007 were the the
decrease in accounts receivable of $11,538,000 and the increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities of $21,702,000. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily related to increase
in marketing allowances provided to customers and the timing of customer Used Core returns. The
increase in accounts payable was primarily due to lengthening of payment terms with suppliers. In
fiscal 2007, we extended payment terms on our accounts payable as far as we can reasonably expect
to, and we believe the additional capital available from our private placement will reduce the need
to put a comparable strain on our supplier relationships in the future. These changes in operating
activities were partly offset
32
by the increase in deferred tax assets of $3,444,000, the increase in unreturned finished goods
inventory of $2,938,000, the increase in our long-term core inventory of $8,670,000 and the
increase in our long-term core inventory deposit of $20,791,000. The increase in unreturned
finished goods inventory as well as long-term core inventory was due primarily to increased product
sales. The increase in long-term core inventory deposits was due primarily to the termination of
the POS agreement and the related Remanufactured Core buy back with our largest customer. (See
discussion under Part I, Item 1. Business, Multi-Year Inventory Transactions, on page 5.)
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $6,004,000 in fiscal 2007. These investing activities
were primarily related to the capital expenditures of $5,887,000 during this period predominantly
spent in conjunction with our new manufacturing facility in Mexico. We expect to continue to use
cash in investing activities during fiscal 2008.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $15,328,000 in fiscal 2007 primarily as a result of
additional draw-downs under our bank line of credit. These funds were primarily used to purchase
customers Remanufactured Core inventories and establish the related long-term core inventory
deposits, make a final payment of $3,910,000 in connection with the recently-terminated POS
arrangement with our largest customer that was made in April 2006 and to purchase property, plant
and equipment.
Capital Resources
Private Placement
On May 23, 2007, we completed the private placement of 3,641,909 shares of our common stock at a
price of $11.00 per share and warrants to purchase up to 546,283 shares of our common stock, at an
exercise price of $15.00 per share. This private placement resulted in gross proceeds before
expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of approximately $36,500,000 that will be used for general
corporate purposes. In connection with this private placement, we agreed to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to register the shares of common stock sold and the
shares to be issued upon the exercise of the warrants by July 31, 2007 and to cause the
registration statement to become effective no later than the 150th day following May 23,
2007. If we miss either of these deadlines, we are obligated to pay the purchasers of the common
stock and warrants sold in the private placement partial liquidated damages equal to 1% of the
aggregate proceeds from this private placement, and an additional 1% for each subsequent month
these deadlines are not met, until the partial liquidated damages paid equals 19% of such aggregate
proceeds. Any payments made under this registration rights agreement will reduce additional
paid-in-capital.
Line of Credit
In April 2006, we entered into an amended credit agreement with our bank that increased our credit
availability from $15,000,000 to $25,000,000, extended the expiration date of the credit facility
from October 2, 2006 to October 1, 2008, and changed the manner in which the margin over the
benchmark interest rate is calculated. Starting June 30, 2006, the interest rate fluctuates as
noted below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter |
|
|
Greater than or |
|
|
Base Interest Rate Selected by the Company |
|
equal to 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
Less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
Banks Reference Rate, plus
|
|
0.0% per year
|
|
-0.25% per year |
Banks LIBOR Rate, plus
|
|
2.0% per year
|
|
1.75% per year |
For purposes of this calculation, leverage ratio is defined to mean the ratio of (a) Indebtedness
as of the last day of the fiscal quarter minus any direct or contingent obligations under our
letter of credit to (b) EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.
In August 2006, the bank credit agreement was amended to increase the credit availability from
$25,000,000 to $35,000,000. In March 2007, we entered into an additional amendment to this credit
agreement. Under the terms of March 2007 amendment, the bank agreed to provide us a non-revolving
loan of up to $5,000,000. This non-revolving loan bore interest at the banks prime rate and was
due on June 15, 2007. At March 31, 2007, no amounts were outstanding. On May 24, 2007, we repaid
the $5,000,000 utilized subsequent to March 31, 2007 with the proceeds from our recently completed
private placement of common stock and warrants.
33
The bank holds a security interest in substantially all of our assets. As of March 31, 2007, we had
reserved $4,301,000 of our line for standby letters of credit for workers compensation insurance
and had borrowed $22,800,000 under this revolving line of credit.
The credit agreement as amended includes various financial conditions, including minimum levels of
tangible net worth, cash flow, current ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, maximum leverage ratios
and a number of restrictive covenants, including limits on capital expenditures and operating
leases, prohibitions against additional indebtedness, payment of dividends, pledge of assets and
loans to officers and/or affiliates. In addition, it is an event of default under the loan
agreement if Selwyn Joffe is no longer our CEO.
In connection with the April 2006 amendment to our credit agreement, we also agreed to pay a
quarterly fee of 0.375% per year if the leverage ratio as of the last day of the previous fiscal
quarter was greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 or 0.25% per year if the leverage ratio is less
than 1.50 to 1.00, as of the last day of the previous fiscal quarter. A fee of $125,000 was charged
by the bank in connection with the April 2006 amendment. The amendment completion fee is payable in
three installments of $41,666, one on the date of the amendment to the credit agreement, one on
February 1, 2007 and one on or before February 1, 2008. The fee was deferred and is being amortized
on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of credit facility.
As a result of the August 2006 amendment, the bank increased the minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio and the maximum leverage ratio and increased the amount of allowable capital expenditures. In
addition, the unused facility fee is now applied against any difference between the $35,000,000
commitment and the average daily outstanding amount of the credit we actually use during each
quarter. The bank charged an amendment fee of $30,000 which was paid and expensed on the effective
date of the amendment to the credit agreement.
In November 2006, the bank credit agreement was further amended to eliminate the impact of the
$8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of our long-term core inventory deposit account
discussed in Note G of our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for the
purposes of determining our compliance with the minimum cash flow covenant and to decrease the
minimum required current ratio. This amendment was effective as of September 30, 2006.
In connection with the March 2007 amendment to our credit agreement, we agreed to provide the bank
with monthly financial statements, monthly aged reports of accounts receivable and accounts payable
and monthly inventory reports. We also agreed to allow the bank, at its request, to inspect our
assets, properties and records and conduct on-site appraisals of our inventory.
At March 31, 2007, we were not in compliance with loan agreement covenants requiring us to (i)
achieve EBITDA of not less than $3,000,000 for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, (ii)
achieve EBITDA of not less than $13,000,000 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ended March
31, 2007, (iii) maintain a leverage ratio of not less than 2.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, (iv) maintain a current ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.00 as
of the last day of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, (v) incur operating lease obligations
exceeding $3,000,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 and (vi) achieve minimum levels of
tangible net worth. In June 2007, the bank provided us with a waiver of these covenant defaults.
In addition, in conjunction with the June 2007 waiver, the bank credit agreement was amended to
eliminate the impact of the $8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term core
inventory deposit account for purposes of determining our compliance with the fixed charge coverage
ratio and the leverage ratio. The effective date of the amendment for the fixed charge coverage
ratio was March 31, 2007.
Our ability to comply in future periods with the financial covenants in the amended credit
agreement will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which, in turn, will be
subject to economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond our control and will be substantially dependent on the selling prices and demand for our
products, customer demands for marketing allowances and other concessions, raw material costs, and
our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy. If a violation of any of the
covenants occurs in the future, we would attempt to obtain a waiver or an amendment from our
lenders. No assurance can be given that we would be successful in this regard.
Receivable Discount Program
34
Our liquidity has been positively impacted by receivable discount programs we have established with
two of our customers. Under this program, we have the option to sell the customers receivables to
their respective banks at an agreed upon discount set at the time the receivables are sold. The
discount has averaged 4.2% during fiscal 2007 and has allowed us to accelerate collection of
receivables aggregating $87,713,000 by an average of 226 days. On an annualized basis, the weighted
average discount rate on receivables sold to banks during fiscal 2007 was 6.7%. While this
arrangement has enhanced our liquidity, there can be no assurance that it will continue in the
future. These programs resulted in interest costs of $3,785,000 during fiscal 2007. These interest
costs will increase as interest rates rise, as utilization of this discounting arrangement expands
and as the discount period is extended to reflect the more favorable payment terms we have provided
to certain customers.
Multi-year Vendor Agreements
We have long-term agreements with substantially all of our major customers. Under these agreements,
which typically have initial terms of at least four years with certain customers, we are designated
as the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured alternators and
starters. In consideration for our designation as a customers exclusive or primary supplier, we
typically provide the customer with a package of marketing incentives. These incentives differ from
contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits against
receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support for a
particular customers research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iii) discounts
granted in connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv) other marketing, research,
store expansion or product development support. We have also entered into agreements to purchase
certain customers Remanufactured Core inventory and to issue credits to pay for that inventory
according to a schedule set forth in the agreement. These contracts typically require that we meet
ongoing performance, quality and fulfillment requirements. Our contracts with major customers
expire at various dates ranging from December 2007 through December 2012.
In May 2004, we entered into a four-year agreement with our largest customer. Under this agreement,
we became the primary supplier of import alternators and starters for eight of this customers
distribution centers and agreed to sell this customer certain products on a pay-on-scan (POS)
basis. Under the POS arrangement, we were entitled to receive payment upon the sale of products to
end users by the customer. As part of the 2004 agreement, the parties also agreed to use reasonable
commercial efforts to convert the overall purchasing relationship to a POS arrangement by April
2006, and, if the POS conversion was not fully accomplished by that time, we agreed to convert
$24,000,000 of this customers inventory to a POS arrangement by purchasing this inventory, paid
for by the issuance of credits of $1,000,000 per month over a 24-month period ending April 2008.
The POS conversion was not completed by April 2006, and the parties agreed to terminate the POS
arrangement as of August 24, 2006. As part of the August 2006 agreement, the customer purchased
those products previously shipped on a POS basis. After the application of our revenue recognition
policies, this transaction increased net sales by $19,795,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2007. This agreement also extended the term of our primary supplier rights from May 2008 to August
2008.
Under this agreement, we purchased approximately $19,980,000 of the customers Remanufactured Core
inventory by issuing credits to the customer in that amount on August 31, 2006. To establish the
related long-term core inventory deposit, we valued this Remanufactured Core inventory using the
same asset valuation methodologies we use to value our long-term core inventory. The resulting
$8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of this asset reduced our net sales for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2007 by the same amount. If our relationship with this customer is terminated, the
customer is obligated to purchase any unreturned Remanufactured Cores from us for cash either
immediately or over a period of time as that customer liquidates the inventory. The amount of the
payment is based upon the contractual per Remanufactured Core price. This contractual price exceeds
the Remanufactured Core value used to establish the long-term core inventory deposit. As of March
31, 2007, the long-term core inventory deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately
$19,629,000. Long-term core inventory deposit related to this August 31, 2006, transaction has not
changed, but the total balance in the account has increased due to an additional subsequent
Remanufactured Core purchases.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we entered into a five-year agreement with one of the largest
automobile manufacturers in the world to supply this manufacturer with a new line of remanufactured
alternators and starters for the United States and Canadian markets. We expanded our operations and
built-up our inventory to meet the
35
requirements of this contract and incurred certain transition costs associated with this build-up.
As part of the agreement, we also agreed to grant this customer $6,000,000 of credits that are
issued as sales to this customer are made. Of the total credits, $3,600,000 was issued during
fiscal 2006 and $600,000 was issued in the second quarter of fiscal 2007. The remaining $1,800,000
is scheduled to be issued in three annual payments of $600,000 in the second fiscal quarter of each
of the fiscal years 2008 to 2010. The agreement also contains other typical provisions, such as
performance, quality and fulfillment requirements that we must meet, a requirement that we provide
marketing support to this customer and a provision (standard in this manufacturers vendor
agreements) granting the customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time for any reason.
In March 2005, we entered into an agreement with another major customer. As part of this agreement,
our designation as this customers exclusive supplier of remanufactured import alternators and
starters was extended from February 28, 2008 to December 31, 2012. In addition to customary
marketing allowances, we agreed to acquire the customers import alternator and starter
Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a five-year period. The amount
of credits issued is subject to adjustment if sales to the customer decrease in any quarter by more
than an agreed upon percentage. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $5,613,000 of credits remains
to be issued. The customer is obligated to purchase the Remanufactured Cores in the customers
inventory upon termination of the agreement for any reason. As we issue credits to this customer,
we establish a long-term asset account for the value of the Remanufactured Core inventory estimated
to be on hand with the customer and subject to purchase upon termination of the agreement, and
reduce revenue by the amount by which the credit exceeds the estimated Used Core inventory value.
As of March 31, 2007, the long-term asset account was approximately $1,938,000. We regularly review
the long-term core inventory deposit account using the same asset valuation methodologies we use to
value our long-term core inventory.
In July 2006, we entered into an agreement with a new customer to become their primary supplier of
alternators and starters. As part of this agreement, we agreed to acquire a portion of the
customers import alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing approximately
$950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. As of March 31, 2007, approximately $855,000 of credits
remains to be issued under the agreement. Certain promotional allowances were earned by the
customer on an accelerated basis during the first year of the agreement. On May 22, 2007, the
agreement was amended to eliminate our obligation to acquire a portion of the customers import
alternator and starter Remanufactured Core inventory and the customer refunded approximately
$95,000 in accounts receivable credits previously issued.
The longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships and business base. However, they
also result in a continuing concentration of our revenue sources among a few key customers and
require a significant increase in our use of working capital to build inventory and increase
production. This increased production caused significant increases in our inventories, accounts
payable and employee base and customer demands that we purchase their Remanufactured Core inventory
has been a significant strain on our available capital. In addition, the marketing and other
allowances that we have typically granted our customers in connection with these new or expanded
relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues and associated cash flows from these
arrangements. However, we believe this incremental business will improve our overall liquidity and
cash flow from operations over time.
Capital Expenditures and Commitments
Our capital expenditures were $5,887,000 for fiscal 2007. A significant portion of these
expenditures relate to our Mexico production facility. The amount and timing of capital
expenditures may vary depending on the final build-out schedule for the Mexico production facility
as well as the logistics facility. We expect our fiscal 2008 capital expenditure to be in the range
of $3.5 million to $4.5 million. These capital expenditures will be financed by our working
capital.
Contractual Obligations
The following summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments as of March 31, 2007,
and the effect such obligations could have on our cash flow in future periods:
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
1 to 3 |
|
4 to 5 |
|
More than 5 |
Contractual obligations |
|
Total |
|
1 year |
|
years |
|
years |
|
years |
|
Line of Credit |
|
$ |
22,800,000 |
|
|
$ |
22,800,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Capital (Finance) Lease Obligations |
|
|
5,818,000 |
|
|
|
1,875,000 |
|
|
|
3,223,000 |
|
|
|
720,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations |
|
|
22,088,000 |
|
|
|
3,248,000 |
|
|
|
6,403,000 |
|
|
|
6,003,000 |
|
|
|
6,434,000 |
|
Core Purchase Obligations |
|
|
8,062,000 |
|
|
|
2,821,000 |
|
|
|
4,895,000 |
|
|
|
346,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Obligations |
|
|
18,728,000 |
|
|
|
8,258,000 |
|
|
|
6,315,000 |
|
|
|
3,105,000 |
|
|
|
1,050,000 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
77,496,000 |
|
|
$ |
39,002,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,836,000 |
|
|
$ |
10,174,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,484,000 |
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations represent amounts due under finance leases of various types of machinery
and computer equipment that are accounted for as capital leases.
Operating Lease Obligations represent amounts due for rent under our leases for office and
warehouse facilities in California, Tennessee, Malaysia, Singapore and Mexico.
Core Purchase Obligations represent our obligations to issue credits to two large and several
smaller customers for the acquisition of the customers Remanufactured Core inventory.
Other Long-Term Obligations represent commitments we have with certain customers to provide
marketing allowances in consideration for supply agreements to provide products over a defined
period.
Customs Duties
We received a request for information dated April 16, 2007 from the U.S. Bureau of Customs and
Border Protection (CBP) in regards to our importation of products remanufactured at our Malaysian
facilities. In response to the CBPs request, we began an internal review, with the assistance of
customs counsel, of our custom duties procedures. During this review process, we identified a
potential exposure related to the omission of certain cost elements in the appraised value of used
alternators and starters, which were remanufactured in Malaysia and returned to the United States
since June 2002.
We also provided a prior disclosure letter dated June 5, 2007 to the customs authorities in order
to provide more time to complete its internal review process. This prior disclosure letter also
provides us with the opportunity to self report any underpayment of customs duties in prior years
which could reduce financial penalties, if any, imposed by the CBP.
We have until November 7, 2007 to respond to the CBP with the final results of its internal review
findings. We currently believes the dutiable value of the shipments reported to the CBP was
appropriate. If the CBP does not agree with the results of our review process, we would be
required to pay additional duties to the CBP and could also be assessed interest charges and
penalties. These amounts, if assessed, could be material to the our financial statements.
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Our primary market risk relates to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. Market
risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates, including
interest rates and currency exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As our overseas operations expand, our exposure to
the risks associated with currency fluctuations will continue to increase.
Our primary interest rate exposure relates to our outstanding line of credit and receivables
discount arrangements which have interest costs that vary with interest rate movements. Our
$35,000,000 credit facility bears interest at variable base rates equal to the LIBOR rate or the
banks reference rate, at our option, plus a margin rate dependant upon our most recently reported
leverage ratio. This obligation is the only variable rate facility we have outstanding. Based upon
the $22,800,000 that was outstanding under our line of credit as of March 31, 2007, an increase in
interest rates of 1% would increase our annual net interest expense by $228,000. In addition, for
each $100,000,000 of accounts receivable we discount over a period of 180 days, a 1% increase in
interest rates would decrease our operating results by $500,000.
37
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our anticipated purchases and assets
and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in three
foreign currencies which affect our operations: the Malaysian Ringit, the Singapore dollar, and, in
fiscal 2006 we began to transact business in the Mexican peso. Our total foreign assets were
$6,422,000 and $3,918,000 as of March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, as of March 31,
2007 and 2006 we had $2,573,000 and $1,729,000 respectively due from our foreign subsidiaries.
While these amounts are eliminated in consolidation, they impact our foreign currency translation
gains and losses.
During fiscal 2007 and 2006, we experienced immaterial gains relative to our transactions involving
the Malaysian Ringit and the Singapore dollar. Based upon our current operations related to these
two currencies, a change of 10% in exchange rates would result in an immaterial change in the
amount reported in our financial statements.
Our exposure to currency risks has increased since the expansion of our remanufacturing operations
in Mexico. Since these operations will be accounted for primarily in pesos, fluctuations in the
value of the peso are expected to have a growing level of impact on our reported results. To
mitigate the risk of currency fluctuation between the U.S. dollar and the peso, in August 2005 we
began to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for pesos. The
extent to which we use forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our
estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of
derivative financial instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net
cash outflow resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially
affected by changes in exchange rates. These contracts expire in a year or less. Any changes in
fair values of foreign exchange contracts are reflected in current period earnings. During fiscal
2007 we recognized additional general and administrative expenses of $11,000 associated with these
forward exchange contracts.
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information required by this item is set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
commencing on page
F-1 included herein.
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
38
Item 9A Controls and Procedures
a. Disclosure Controls and Procedures
In connection with the preparation and filing of this Annual Report, we completed an evaluation of
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the
participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. This evaluation was
conducted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March
31, 2007. In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth in the report Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission, or COSO. The COSO framework summarizes each of the components of a companys internal
control system, including (i) the control environment, (ii) risk assessment, (iii) control
activities, (iv) information and communication, and (v) monitoring.
Based on the evaluation, management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not
effective as of March 31, 2007 due to the material weaknesses noted below in Managements Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or
combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by
employees in the normal course of their work.
b. Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As evidenced by the material weaknesses described below, we determined that entity-level controls
related to the control environment and control activities did not operate effectively resulting in
material weaknesses in each of these respective COSO components. The deficiency in each of these
individual COSO components represents a separate material weakness. These material weaknesses
contributed to an environment where there is a more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of the interim and annual financial statements could occur and not be prevented or
detected.
Control Environment
Our finance and accounting department is understaffed and lacks sufficient training or experience.
Since the department is understaffed, we cannot maintain sufficient segregation of duties
specifically in the revenue recording cycles of our financial reporting process. Accounting
personnel do not have an adequate understanding of certain accounting standards and how those
standards apply to our business. Our accounting and finance personnel also lack certain required
skills and competencies to oversee the accounting operations and review, periodically inspect and
test, and investigate the transactions of our foreign locations to insure application of U.S. GAAP.
This material weakness in the operating effectiveness of internal control resulted in material
adjustments to our interim and annual consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2007, 2006 and
2005 and resulted in the restatement of previously issued financial statements. The adjustments
were primarily due to (i) misinterpretation of certain accounting literature, (ii) lack of
understanding and interpretation of customer contract amendments, (iii) erroneous application of
GAAP and (iv) improper classification of certain consolidated financial statement line items.
Control Activities
The internal controls were not adequately designed or operating in a manner to effectively support
the requirements of the financial reporting and period-end close process. This material weakness is
the result of aggregate deficiencies in internal control activities. The material weakness includes
failures in the operating effectiveness of controls which would ensure (i) the consistent
completion, review and approval of key balance sheet account analyses and reconciliations, (ii)
journal entries and their supporting worksheets are consistently reviewed and approval documented,
(iii) the appropriate review for completeness and accuracy of certain information input to and
output from financial reporting and accounting systems, (iv) analysis of intercompany activity and
the consolidation of subsidiary financial information and (v) accuracy and completeness of the
financial statement disclosures and presentation in accordance with GAAP. Due to the significance
of the financial closing and reporting process to the preparation of reliable financial statements
and the potential impact of the deficiencies to significant account balances and disclosures, there
is more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the interim and annual financial
statements would be prevented or detected.
39
Entity Level Controls
In addition to the material weaknesses noted above, management also concluded that there is a
significant deficiency in our entity level controls. This was evidenced by the lack of
documentation in the planning for IT strategy, asset protection programs, and comprehensive
accounting and human resources policies and procedures manuals. The Audit Committee also failed to
conduct a self assessment of their effectiveness and a formalized Disclosure Committee has not been
established. These items were, in aggregate, considered a significant deficiency in the entity
level internal controls over financial reporting.
Because of the material weaknesses and significant deficiency described above, management believes
that, as of March 31, 2007, we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting
based on the COSO criteria.
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.
The report of the independent registered public accounting firm on page 67 is incorporated herein
by reference.
c. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management has reported to the Audit Committee the content of the material weaknesses identified in
our assessment. Addressing these weaknesses is a priority of management and we are in the process
of remediating the cited material weaknesses. Key elements of the remediation effort include, but
are not limited to the following initiatives. We will recruit suitably qualified accounting
personnel and institute training sessions for existing financial reporting and accounting
personnel. This initiative will require time to hire and train personnel and build institutional
knowledge. We will adopt and implement common policies and procedures for the documentation,
performance and testing of our significant accounting controls over financial reporting. We will
establish an internal audit and compliance function reporting directly to the Audit Committee,
which we expect will provide needed resources to our Audit Committee which has oversight
responsibility for our internal control over financial reporting. We expect our SOX compliance work
will continue to require significant commitment of management time and the incurrence of
significant general and administrative expenses.
Management has established a goal to remediate all material weaknesses in internal control over
financial reporting by March 31, 2008, although there can be no assurance that this goal will be
attained.
Except as disclosed in the preceding paragraphs, there have been no changes in our internal control
over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting.
Item 9B Other Information
None.
40
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Our directors, their ages and present positions with us as of June 1, 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position with the Company |
Selwyn Joffe
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer |
Mel Marks
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
Director and Consultant |
Irv Siegel
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and member of the Audit and Ethics Committee |
Philip Gay
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Audit and Ethics Committee, and member of the Compensation Committee |
Rudolph J. Borneo
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
Director and member of the Audit, Compensation and Ethics Committee |
Selwyn Joffe has been our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since
February 2003. He has been a director of our company since 1994 and Chairman since November 1999.
From 1995 until his election to his present positions, he served as a consultant to us. Prior to
February 2003, Mr. Joffe was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Protea Group, Inc. a company
specializing in consulting and acquisition services. From September 2000 to December 2001, Mr.
Joffe served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Netlock Technologies, a company that
specializes in securing network communications. In 1997, Mr. Joffe co-founded Palace Entertainment,
a roll-up of amusement parks and served as its President and Chief Operating Officer until August
2000. Prior to the founding of Palace Entertainment, Mr. Joffe was the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Wolfgang Puck Food Company from 1989 to 1996. Mr. Joffe is a graduate of Emory
University with degrees in both Business and Law and is a member of the Georgia State Bar as well
as a Certified Public Accountant.
Mel Marks founded our company in 1968. Mr. Marks served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer from that time until July 1999. Prior to founding our company, Mr.
Marks was employed for over 20 years by Beck/Arnley-Worldparts, a division of Echlin, Inc. (one of
the largest importers and distributors of parts for imported cars), where he served as Vice
President. Mr. Marks has continued to serve as a consultant and director to us since July 1999.
Irv Siegel joined our Board of Directors on October 8, 2002 and is the Chairman of our Compensation
Committee and a member of our Audit, Ethics and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr.
Siegel is a retired attorney admitted to the bar of the state of New Jersey with a background in
corporate finance. Since 1993, Mr. Siegel has been the principal owner of Siegel Company, a full
service commercial real estate firm. Mr. Siegel has also served as the director of real estate for
Wolfgang Puck Food Company since 1992.
Philip Gay joined our Board of Directors on November 20, 2004. Mr. Gay is currently serving as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Grill Concepts, Inc., a publicly-traded company that
operates a chain of upscale casual restaurants throughout the United States. From March 2000 until
he joined Grill Concepts, Inc. in June 2004, Mr. Gay served as Managing Director of Triple
Enterprises, a business advisory firm that assisted mid-cap companies with financing, mergers and
acquisitions, franchising and strategic planning. From March 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Gay served
as an independent consultant with El Paso Energy from time to time and assisted El Paso Energy with
its efforts to reduce overall operating and manufacturing overhead costs. Previously he served as
Chief Financial Officer for California Pizza Kitchen (1987 to 1994) and Wolfgang Puck Food Company
(1994 to 1996) and held various Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer positions at
Color Me Mine and Diversified Food Group from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Gay is also on the board of the
California Restaurant Association and is a Certified Public Accountant, a former audit manager at
Laventhol and Horwath and a graduate of the London School of Economics. Mr. Gay is the Chairman of
our Audit and Ethics Committees and a member of our Compensation and Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committees.
41
Rudolph J. Borneo joined our Board of Directors on November 20, 2004. Mr. Borneo is currently Vice
Chairman and Director of Stores, Macys West, a division of Federated Department Stores, Inc. Mr.
Borneo served as President of Macys California from 1989 to 1992 and President of Macys West from
1992 until his appointment as Vice Chairman and Director of Stores. Mr. Borneo is member of our
Audit, Compensation, Ethics and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees.
Information about our non-director executive officers
Our executive officers (other than executive officers who are also members of our board of
directors), their ages and present positions with our company, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position with the Company |
Mervyn McCulloch
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Schooner
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Vice President, Global Manufacturing Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
Vice President, Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel |
Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. A
brief description of the business experience of each of our executive officers other than executive
officers who are also members of our Board of Directors is set forth below.
Mervyn McCulloch was appointed our chief financial officer on October 28, 2005. From November 2003
until he joined our company, Mr. McCulloch served as chief executive officer and chief financial
officer of Instone LLC, a sports nutrition and diet products company based in Irvine, California.
From November 2001 until November 2003, Mr. McCulloch was a business consultant advising start-ups,
turnaround candidates and other companies seeking equity funding. From April 1990 until October
2001, he served as chief financial officer of three public companies Inovio Biomedical Corp.,
Global Diamonds Inc and Armor All Products Corp., all based in Southern California. Mr. McCulloch
is a certified public accountant and was a partner of Deloitte & Touche from March 1972 to March
1990. Mr. McCulloch is a graduate of the University of South Africa and of the University of
Witwatersrand Graduate Business School Executive Development Program.
Douglas Schooner, our Vice President, Global Manufacturing Operations, joined our company in 1993
and became the Vice President, Global Manufacturing Operations in January 2001. Mr. Schooner is a
Degreed Mechanical Engineer, and has held the positions of Assistant Vice President, Production and
Vice President, Manufacturing prior to assuming his current position with our company. As Vice
President, Global Manufacturing Operations, Mr. Schooner is responsible for all manufacturing,
materials and logistic operations for our facilities.
Thomas Stricker, our Vice President of Sales Worldwide, has been with our company since 1989 and
became the Vice President of Sales Worldwide in April 2007. Mr. Stricker held the position of Vice
President Sales of our company since 1989 until assuming his current position. As Vice President of
Sale Worldwide, Mr. Stricker oversees all domestic and international sales.
Michael Umansky has been our Vice President and General Counsel since January 2004 and is
responsible for all legal matters. The additional appointment as Secretary became effective
September 1, 2005. Mr. Umansky was a partner of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, and the founding and
managing partner of its Los Angeles office from 1975 until 1997 and was Of Counsel to that firm
from 1998 to July 2001. Immediately prior to joining our company, Mr. Umansky was in the private
practice of law, and during 2002 and 2003, he provided legal services to us. From February 2000
until March 2001, Mr. Umansky was Vice President, Administration and Legal, of Hiho Technologies,
Inc., a venture capital financed producer of workforce management software. Mr. Umansky is admitted
to practice law in California and New York and is a graduate of The Wharton School of the
University of Pennsylvania and Harvard Law School.
There are no family relationships among our directors or named executive officers. There are no
material proceedings to which any of our directors or executive officers or any of their
associates, is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries, or has a material interest adverse
to us or any of our subsidiaries. To our knowledge, none or our directors or executive officers has
been convicted in a criminal proceeding during the last five years (excluding
42
traffic violations or similar misdemeanors), and none of our directors or executive officers was a
party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the last five years (except for any
matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or
final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to,
federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities
laws.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and
executive officers, and persons who own more than ten percent of our common stock, to file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership
of our common stock and other equity securities. Based solely on our review of copies of such forms
received by us, or written representations from reporting persons that no Form 4s were required for
those persons, we believe that our insiders complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing
requirements during the 2007 fiscal year.
Code of Ethics
Our Board of Directors formally approved the creation of our Ethics Committee on May 8, 2003 and
adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all our employees. The Ethics
Committee is currently comprised of Philip Gay, who serves as Chairman, Irv Siegel and Rudolph
Borneo. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed with the SEC and we intend to disclose any
amendment or waiver to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in a report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC. We will provide a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to any person without
charge, upon request addressed to the Corporate Secretary at Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., 2929
California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.
43
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion And Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers
for fiscal 2007 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set
forth below. This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that are based on our
current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation
programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from
currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for developing and making
recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to our executive compensation policies and
evaluating the performance of Mr. Joffe, our chief executive officer, and setting his annual
compensation. The role of the Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation and benefits
plans and policies, administer our equity incentive plans and review and approve all compensation
decisions relating to all executive officers and directors. Mr. Joffe currently sets or negotiates
the salary to be paid to our other officers and makes recommendations with respect to bonus and
option grants to be provided to these other officers. Mr. Joffes recommendations are subject to
review and approval by our Board of Directors.
The primary objectives of the Compensation Committee with respect to executive compensation are to:
|
|
|
provide appropriate incentives to our executive officers to implement our strategic
business objectives and achieve the desired company performance; |
|
|
|
|
reward our executive officers for their contribution to our success in building
long-term shareholder value; and |
|
|
|
|
provide compensation that will attract and retain superior talent and reward
performance. |
Our method of determining compensation varies from case to case based on a discretionary and
subjective determination of what is appropriate at the time. When establishing salaries and bonus
levels, the Compensation Committee considers the scope of an executives duties and his
performance, in additional to the overall performance of our company. In determining specific
components of compensation, the Compensation Committee considers individual performance, level of
responsibility, skills and experience, and other compensation awards or arrangements. With respect
to officers other than the chief executive officer, the chief executive officer makes commendations
to the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors for approval.
In determining these elements of compensation for Mr. Joffe, the Compensation Committee considered
the contributions Mr. Joffe has made to our strategic direction. These contributions included
strengthening our relationships with key customers through long-term contracts, transitioning our
remanufacturing capacity to cell manufacturing and lower-cost production centers, including the
establishment of our Mexican remanufacturing facility, and building sales to the professional
installer marketplace. The Compensation Committee recognized that our company is a complicated
business to manage, particularly in light of its size, with complex accounting issues. In addition,
Mr. Joffes contributions have been made during a period when several of our competitors have been
under financial stress. The Compensation Committee also takes into consideration the standard of
living of the Los Angeles vicinity in which our corporate offices are located.
Our Compensation Committee performs an annual review of our compensation policies, including the
appropriate mix of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation. The Compensation
Committee also reviews and approves all annual bonus targets, long-term incentive compensation and
other benefits (including our 401(k) and our non-qualified deferred compensation plan).
44
Compensation Components
Our executive officer compensation program consists of five primary elements: (1) base salary; (2)
an annual bonus; (3) long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options; and (4)
non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements and (5) coverage under our broad-based employee
benefit plans, such as our group health and 401(k) plans, and executive perquisites.
Base Salary. In determining base salaries the Compensation Committee takes into account such
factors as competitive industry and local market salary ranges, a named executive officers scope
of responsibilities, level of experience, and individual performance and contribution to our
company. The Compensation Committee also takes into account both external competitiveness for such
individuals position and internal equity of salaries of individuals in comparable positions and
markets. Base salaries are reviewed annually, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries
with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and
experience. Our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe provides that we may increase, but not
decrease, his base salary.
Annual Bonus. Bonuses paid to several of our executives, other than Mr. Joffe, were based upon Mr.
Joffes evaluation of these officers respective contribution to the results of our company. Mr.
Joffe used the guidelines of an outside consultant to recommend to our Compensation Committee the
bonuses to be awarded to the other named executive officers.
Stock Option Program. Equity awards are an integral part of our overall executive compensation
program because we believe that our long-term performance will be enhanced through the use of
equity awards that reward our executives for maximizing shareholder value over time. We have
historically elected to use stock options that vest over time as the primary long-term equity
incentive vehicle to promote retention of our key executives. Although we have not adopted formal
stock ownership guidelines, our named directors and executive officers currently hold 20.1% of our
fully-diluted common stock, substantially through the ownership of stock options. In determining
the number of stock options to be granted to executives, we take into account the individuals
position, scope of responsibility, ability to affect profits and shareholder value and the value of
the stock options in relation to other elements of the individual executives total compensation.
Deferred Compensation Benefits. We offer a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to selected
executive officers which provides unfunded, non-tax qualified deferred compensation benefits. We
believe this program helps promote the retention of our senior executives. Participants may elect
to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan, and we make matching contributions of
25% of each participants elective contributions to the plan up to 6% of the participants
compensation for the year. Contributions for fiscal 2007 and year-end account balances for those
executive officers can be found in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table.
Other Benefits. We provide to our executive officers medical benefits that are generally available
to our other employees. Executives are also eligible to participate in our other broad-based
employee benefit plans, such as our long and short-term disability, life insurance and 401(k) plan.
Historically, the value of executive perquisites, as determined in accordance with the rules of the
SEC related to executive compensation, has not exceeded 10% of the base salary of any of our
executives.
Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction for annual compensation in excess of
$1.0 million paid to our named executive officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation
(within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations) is not subject to the deduction
limitation if specified requirements are met. We generally intend to structure the
performance-based portion of our executive compensation, when feasible, to comply with exemptions
in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our Board or
Compensation Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply
with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to
attract and retain executive talent.
45
In limited circumstances, we may agree to make certain items of income to our named executive
officers tax-neutral to them. Accordingly, we have agreed to gross-up certain payments to our Chief
Executive Officer to cover any excise taxes (and related income taxes on the gross-up payment)
that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of parachute payments (as
defined in Section 280G of the Code) to be made to him upon a change of control of our company.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis
required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and
discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board of Directors that the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Compensation Committee
Irv Siegel, Chairman
Rudolph Borneo
Philip Gay
46
2007 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning fiscal 2007 compensation of our Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive
officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal 2007 and whose aggregate
fiscal 2007 compensation was at least $100,000 for services rendered in all capacities. We refer to
these individuals as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
All Other |
|
|
Name and Principal |
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
Option |
|
Compensation |
|
Compensation |
|
|
Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary |
|
Bonus |
|
Awards |
|
Awards(1) |
|
Earnings |
|
(2) |
|
Total |
Selwyn Joffe
Chairman of the
Board, President
and CEO |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
$ |
524,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
821,026 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
73,110 |
|
|
$ |
1,918,236 |
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch
Chief Financial
Officer |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
$ |
245,616 |
|
|
$ |
50,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
79,768 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,021 |
|
|
$ |
399,505 |
|
|
Michael Umansky
Vice President,
Secretary and
General Counsel |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
$ |
401,616 |
|
|
$ |
50,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
81,215 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
47,086 |
|
|
$ |
580,017 |
|
|
Douglas Schooner
Vice President,
Global
Manufacturing
Operations |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
$ |
186,615 |
|
|
$ |
60,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
67,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
48,698 |
|
|
$ |
363,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker
Vice President,
Sales |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
$ |
186,615 |
|
|
$ |
60,100 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
67,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
18,495 |
|
|
$ |
332,972 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option award amounts represent the executives portion of our reported stock compensation
expense for fiscal 2007 in accordance with FAS 123R. Please refer to footnote C and R of the
notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part IV of this Form 10-K
for discussion of the relevant assumptions to determine the option award value at the grant
date. No awards were forfeited as of March 31, 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
The following chart is a summary of the items that are included in the All Other
Compensation totals: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401K |
|
Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automobile |
|
Health Insurance |
|
Employers |
|
Employers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses |
|
Premiums |
|
Contribution |
|
Contributions |
|
Other |
|
Total |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
21,692 |
|
|
$ |
35,475 |
|
|
$ |
313 |
|
|
$ |
15,630 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
73,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
4,384 |
|
|
$ |
18,868 |
|
|
$ |
769 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,021 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
10,385 |
|
|
$ |
28,369 |
|
|
$ |
1,405 |
|
|
$ |
6,927 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
47,086 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Schooner |
|
$ |
4,385 |
|
|
$ |
40,548 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
3,765 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
48,698 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker |
|
$ |
4,385 |
|
|
$ |
14,110 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
18,495 |
|
47
2007 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards to named executive
officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
Option |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
Awards: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards: |
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Securities |
|
Exercise or Base |
|
Grant Date Fair |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of |
|
Underlying |
|
Price of Option |
|
Value of Option |
Name |
|
Grant Date |
|
Stock |
|
Options |
|
Awards |
|
Awards |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
|
8/30/2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
$ |
1,405,000 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
|
8/30/2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
$ |
109,699 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
|
8/30/2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
$ |
109,699 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Schooner |
|
|
8/30/2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
$ |
109,699 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker |
|
|
8/30/2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
$ |
109,699 |
(3) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The options were granted pursuant to our. Long Term Equity Incentive Plan. The shares subject
to the option vest 3/10th on grant date, 3/10th on each of the next two anniversary dates,
with the remaining 1/10th on the third anniversary from grant date. The option has a ten-year
term from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration if the executives employment
terminates. |
|
(2) |
|
The options were granted pursuant to our Long Term Equity Incentive Plan. The shares subject
to the option vest in three equal installments beginning on the date of grant. The option has
a ten-year term from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration if the executives
employment terminates. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the full fair value of options granted during fiscal 2007 at date of grant under
our 2003 Long Term Equity Incentive Plan. Please refer to footnote C and R of the notes to the
audited consolidated financial statements for discussion of the relevant assumptions to
determine the option award value at the grant date. No awards were forfeited as of March 31,
2007. |
48
Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End
Option Awards
The following table summarizes information regarding option awards granted to our named executive
officers that remain outstanding as of March 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised |
|
Number of Securities |
|
Option |
|
Option |
|
|
Options (#) Exercisable |
|
Underlying Unexercised Options |
|
Exercise |
|
Expiration |
Name |
|
vested |
|
(#) Unexercisable unvested |
|
Price ($) |
|
Date |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.150 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.200 |
|
|
|
1/11/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.210 |
|
|
|
4/30/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.130 |
|
|
|
4/30/2011 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.600 |
|
|
|
4/29/2012 |
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.160 |
|
|
|
3/2/2013 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.800 |
|
|
|
4/29/2013 |
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6.345 |
|
|
|
1/13/2014 |
|
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9.27 |
|
|
|
7/20/2014 |
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
175,000 |
(2) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8/29/2016 |
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,333 |
|
|
|
16,667 |
(4) |
|
$ |
9.65 |
|
|
|
10/28/2015 |
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
13,333 |
(3) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8/29/2016 |
|
Michael Umansky |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,667 |
|
|
|
8,333 |
(1) |
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
13,333 |
(3) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8/29/2016 |
|
Doug Schooner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.15 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.10 |
|
|
|
4/12/2011 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.70 |
|
|
|
5/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
8,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
13,333 |
(3) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8/29/2016 |
|
Tom Stricker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.15 |
|
|
|
11/15/2011 |
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.70 |
|
|
|
5/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
8,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
(1) |
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
|
|
11/2/2015 |
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
13,333 |
(3) |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
|
|
8/29/2016 |
|
Mel Marks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
|
4/30/2010 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
|
4/30/2011 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.60 |
|
|
|
4/29/2012 |
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
|
4/29/2013 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning from the grant date, 11/02/2005,
subject to continued employment. |
|
(2) |
|
This award vests 3/10th on each anniversary from grant date, 08/30/2006 with the remaining
1/10th vesting on the fourth anniversary from grant date, subject to continued employment. |
|
(3) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning from the grant date, 08/29/2006,
subject to continued employment. |
|
(4) |
|
This award vests in three equal installments beginning from the grant date, 10/29/2005,
subject to continued employment. |
49
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED
None of our named executive officers exercised any stock options or had any shares of stock vest
during the 2007 fiscal year.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The following table sets forth certain information regarding contributions, earnings and account
balances under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, our only defined contribution plan that
provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax qualified, for each of the
named executive officers as of fiscal year ended March 31, 2007. A description of the material
terms and conditions of the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan follows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registrant |
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Executive |
|
Contributions |
|
Aggregate |
|
Withdrawals/ |
|
Balance in |
|
|
Contributions |
|
in Last FY |
|
Earnings in |
|
Distributions |
|
Last FYE |
Name |
|
in Last FY ($) |
|
($)(1)(2) |
|
Last FY ($) |
|
($) |
|
($) |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
62,520 |
|
|
$ |
15,630 |
|
|
$ |
31,700 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
303,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Schooner |
|
$ |
15,060 |
|
|
$ |
3,765 |
|
|
$ |
13,371 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
131,172 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
19,751 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
205,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
27,706 |
|
|
$ |
6,927 |
|
|
$ |
5,910 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
115,463 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts set forth in this column are included in the Salary and Bonus columns, as
applicable, in our 2007 Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(2) |
|
See description of the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan in the Grants of Plan
Based Awards section. The following table shows our contribution to each named executive
officers account. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Contribution |
|
Interest(a) |
|
Total |
Selwyn Joffe |
|
$ |
15,630 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
15,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Schooner |
|
$ |
3,765 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
3,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Stricker |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Umansky |
|
$ |
6,927 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6,927 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
No interest is paid by the registrant. |
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
We maintain the Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, an unfunded,
nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated
employees, including our named executive officers. Participants in the plan may elect to defer up
to 100% of their gross income. We make fully vested matching contributions of 25% of each
participants elective contributions to the plan up to 6% of the participants annual compensation.
We may also make additional fully vested discretionary contributions to participant accounts. Plan
participants can allocate their notional account balances among certain investment options. A
participant may choose when and in what form he will receive his account balances under the plan.
The plan is designed to defer taxation to the participant on contributions and notional earnings
thereon until receipt. A rabbi trust provides funding for the plan, although the trust assets
remain subject to our general creditors.
50
Employment Agreements
On February 14, 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Selwyn Joffe pursuant to which
he is employed full-time as our President and Chief Executive Officer in addition to serving as our
Chairman of the Board of Directors. This agreement, which was negotiated on our behalf by Mel
Marks, the then Chairman of the Compensation Committee was originally scheduled to expire on March
31, 2006. The February 14, 2003 agreement provided for an annual base salary of $542,000, and
participation in our executive bonus program. Mr. Joffe remains entitled to receive a transaction
fee of 1.0% of the total consideration of any equity transaction, resulting in a change of
control, his efforts bring to us that we previously agreed to provide to him as part of a prior
consulting agreement with Protea Group, Mr. Joffes company. Mr. Joffe also participates in the
stock option plans approved for by the shareholders and also receives other benefits including
those generally provided to other employees.
On April 22, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe. Under
the amendment, Mr. Joffes term of employment was extended from March 31, 2006 to March 31, 2008.
His base salary, bonus arrangements, 1% transaction fee right and fringe benefits remained
unchanged.
Before the amendment, Mr. Joffe had the right to terminate his employment upon a change of control
and receive his salary and benefits through March 31, 2006. Under the amendment, upon a change of
control (which has been redefined pursuant to the amendment), Mr. Joffe will be entitled to a sale
bonus equal to the sum of (i) two times his base salary plus (ii) two times his average bonus
earned for the two years immediately prior to the change of control. The amendment also grants Mr.
Joffe the right to terminate his employment within one year of a change of control and to then
receive salary and benefits for a one-year period following such termination plus a bonus equal to
the average bonus Mr. Joffe earned during the two years immediately prior to his voluntary
termination.
If Mr. Joffe is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined in the amendment),
the registrant must pay Mr. Joffe (i) his base salary, (ii) his average bonus earned for the two
years immediately prior to termination, and (iii) all other benefits payable to Mr. Joffe pursuant
to the employment agreement, as amended, through the later of two years after the date of
termination of employment or March 31, 2008. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffe is also entitled to an
additional gross-up payment to offset the excise taxes (and related income taxes on the
gross-up payment) that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of
parachute payments (as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) to be made to him
upon a change of control. The amendment has redefined the term for cause to apply only to
misconduct in connection with Mr. Joffes performance of his duties. Pursuant to the amendment, any
options that have been or may be granted to Mr. Joffe will fully vest upon a change of control and
be exercisable for a two-year period following the change of control, and Mr. Joffe agreed to waive
the right he previously had under the employment agreement to require the registrant to purchase
his option shares and any underlying options if his employment were terminated for any reason. The
amendment further provides that Mr. Joffes agreement not to compete with the registrant terminates
at the end of his employment term.
In December 2006, our employment agreement with Mr. Joffe was further amended to extend the term of
this agreement from March 31, 2008 to August 30, 2009. This amendment was unanimously approved by
our Board of Directors.
In conformity with our policy, all of our directors and officers execute confidentiality and
nondisclosure agreements upon the commencement of employment. The agreements generally provide that
all inventions or discoveries by the employee related to our business and all confidential
information developed or made known to the employee during the term of employment shall be our
exclusive property and shall not be disclosed to third parties without our prior approval.
51
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table
The following table provides an estimate of the inherent value of Mr. Joffes employment agreement
described above, assuming the agreements were terminated on March 31, 2007, the last day of fiscal
2007. Please refer to Employment Agreements for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before Change of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voluntary |
|
|
|
|
|
After Change of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by Mr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Control: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joffe for Good |
|
|
|
|
|
Voluntary |
|
|
Termination by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reason or |
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by |
|
|
Company for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by |
|
Change in |
|
Mr. Joffe for Good |
Benefit |
|
Cause (1) |
|
Death (2) |
|
Disability (3) |
|
Company w/o Cause (4) |
|
Control |
|
Reason (5) |
Salary Continuation |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,084,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
542,000 |
|
Bonus |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
Stock
Options (6) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
770,374 |
|
|
$ |
770,374 |
|
|
$ |
770,374 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
770,374 |
|
Healthcare |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,000 |
|
|
$ |
48,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
24,000 |
|
Transaction
Fee (7) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Sale Bonus (8) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,184,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Automobile
Allowance (9) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
36,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
Accrued Vacation
Payments |
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
$ |
144,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
72,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Upon a termination for cause, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to his accrued salary, bonus and
transaction fees (as described in footnote 7), if any, and benefits owing to him through the
day of his termination. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Joffes employment term will end on the date of his death. Upon such event, Mr. Joffes
estate will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus and transaction fees (as
described in footnote 7), if any, and accrued but unused vacation time, owing to Mr. Joffe
through the date of his death. In addition, Mr. Joffes estate will assume Mr. Joffes rights
under the 1994 Stock Option Plan and the related rights under the employment agreement. |
|
(3) |
|
If during the employment term, Mr. Joffe becomes disabled and is terminated by us, Mr. Joffe
will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus, and transaction fees (as described in
footnote 7), if any, and benefits owing to Mr. Joffe through the date of termination. In
addition, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive the benefits payable pursuant to a disability
insurance policy, which we pay Mr. Joffe $24,000 annually to be used by Mr. Joffe to purchase
same for his benefit. |
|
(4) |
|
Upon a termination by Mr. Joffe for good reason or by us without cause, Mr. Joffe will be
entitled to receive his base salary, his average bonus earned for the two years immediately
preceding his termination, accrued vacation, healthcare and disability benefits, automobile
allowance, and any accrued transaction fees (as described in footnote 7). The payments are to
be paid to Mr. Joffe until March 31, 2009. |
|
(5) |
|
If a change in control occurs, Mr. Joffe will have the right to voluntarily terminate the
employment agreement with effect on or after the one year anniversary of the change in control
upon giving at least 90 days prior written notice. Upon Mr. Joffes voluntary termination, one
year after the change in control occurs, he will be entitled to receive for one year after his
termination date, his base salary, his average bonus earned for the two years immediately
preceding his termination, accrued vacation payments, healthcare and disability benefits,
automobile allowance, and any accrued transaction fees (as described in footnote 7). |
|
(6) |
|
Upon the termination of the employment agreement, for any reason other than termination by us
for cause or termination by Mr. Joffe without good reason, any options which are not fully
vested will immediately vest and remain exercisable by Mr. Joffe for a period of two years or,
if shorter, until the ten year anniversary of the date of grant of each such option. The
inherent value shown in the table is the additional compensation expense we would have
recorded upon the immediate vesting of all options which were not fully vested at March 31,
2007. |
52
|
|
|
(7) |
|
In the event that one or more proposed transactions occur during the term of Mr. Joffes
employment agreement, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive a transaction fee, as additional
compensation with respect to each proposed transaction. We will pay Mr. Joffe a transaction
fee upon the closing of a proposed transaction in an amount equal to 1% of the total
consideration. Since no transaction fee was accrued as of March 31, 2007 and there were no
proposed transactions on which to estimate a 1% fee as of March 31, 2007, zero amounts were
entered. |
|
(8) |
|
Upon a change in control, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive a sale bonus equal to the sum
of (i) two times Mr. Joffes salary, plus (ii) two times Mr. Joffes average bonus earned for
the two years immediately prior to the year in which the change in control occurs. The sale
bonus will be paid to Mr. Joffe in a lump sum on the closing date of the change in control
transaction. If Mr. Joffe terminates his employment after this change of control, he will also
be entitled to the compensation and other benefits described in footnote 5 above. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. Joffe is entitled to receive an automobile allowance until March 31, 2009 in the amount
of $1,500 per month, payable monthly. In addition, all costs of operating the automobile,
including fuel, oil, insurance, repairs, maintenance and other expenses, are our
responsibility. |
Equity Based Employee Benefit Plans
1994 Stock Option Plan. In January 1994, we adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan, under which we were
authorized to issue non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase our common
stock to key employees, directors and consultants. After a number of shareholder-approved increases
to this plan, at March 31, 2002 up to 960,000 shares of our common stock were available for option
grant under this plan. The term and vesting period of options granted is determined by a committee
of the Board of Directors with a term not to exceed ten years. The exercise price of options issued
pursuant to the plan may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock at the date of
grant. At the our Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on November 8, 2002 the 1994 Plan was amended
to increase the authorized number of shares issued to 1,155,000. As of March 31, 2007, options to
purchase 526,500 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1994 Plan and no options were
available for grant.
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. On October 31, 2003, our Board of Directors adopted our 2003
Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our Board believes that it is desirable for, and in the best interests
of, us to adopt the plan and recommends that our shareholders vote in favor of the adoption of the
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan is to foster and
promote our long-term financial success and interests and to materially increase the value of the
equity interests in the Company by: (a) encouraging the long-term commitment of selected key
employees, (b) motivating superior performance of key employees by means of long-term performance
related incentives, (c) encouraging and providing key employees with a formal program for obtaining
an ownership interest in the Company, (d) attracting and retaining outstanding key employees by
providing incentive compensation opportunities competitive with other major companies, and (e)
enabling participation by key employees in our long-term growth and financial success. The plan is
administered by our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee has the full power and
authority to construe and interpret the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan and may, from time to time,
adopt such rules and regulations of carrying out the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan as it may deem
appropriate. The decisions of the Compensation Committee are final, conclusive and binding upon all
parties.
Under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Committee has the authority to grant to our key
employees and consultants the following types of awards (Incentive Awards): (i) stock options in
the form of incentive stock options qualified under section 422 of the Code (Incentive Options), or
nonqualified stock options (Nonqualified Options), or both (Options); (ii) stock appreciation
rights (SARs); (iii) restricted stock (Restricted Stock); (iv) performance-based awards; and (v)
supplemental payments dedicated to payment of any income taxes that may be payable in conjunction
with the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. All of our employees are eligible to participate in the
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. A total of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for
grants of Incentive Awards under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The 2003 Long-Term Incentive
Plan will terminate on October 31, 2013, unless terminated earlier by our Board of Directors.
53
The Compensation Committee may limit an optionees right to exercise all or any portion of an
Option until one or more dates subsequent to the date of grant. The Compensation Committee also has
the right, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date on which all or any portion of an Option
may be exercised. The 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan also provides that, under certain
circumstances, if any employee is terminated within two years after a Change of Control (as defined
in the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan), each Option or SAR then outstanding shall immediately become
vested and immediately exercisable in full, all restrictions and conditions of all Restricted Stock
then outstanding shall be deemed satisfied and the restriction period to have expired, and all
Performance Shares and Performance Units shall become vested, deemed earned in full and properly
paid. In the event of a change of control, however, the Compensation Committee may, after notice to
the participant, require the participant to cash-out his rights by transferring them to the
Company in exchange for their equivalent cash value.
If we terminate an Employees employment for any reason other than death, disability, retirement,
involuntary termination or termination for good reason, any Incentive Award outstanding at the time
and all rights there under will terminate, and unless otherwise established by the Committee, no
further vesting shall occur and the participant shall be entitled to exercise his or her rights (if
any) with respect to the portion of the Incentive Award vested as of the date of termination for a
period of 30 calendar days after such termination date; provided, however, that if an Employee is
terminated for cause, this employees right to exercise his or her rights (if any) with respect to
the vested portion of his or her Incentive Award shall terminate as of the date of termination of
employment. In the event of termination for death, disability, retirement, or in connection with a
change in control, an Incentive Award may be only exercised as provided in an individuals
Incentive agreement, or as determined by the Committee.
Options. No Incentive Option may be granted with an exercise price per share less than the
fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant. Nonqualified Options may be granted at
any exercise price. The exercise price of an Option may be paid in cash, by an equivalent method
acceptable to the Committee, or, at the Committees discretion, by delivery of already owned shares
of Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, or, at the Committees
discretion, by delivery of a combination of cash and already owned shares of Common Stock. However,
if the optionee acquired the stock to be surrendered directly or indirectly from us, he or she must
have owned the stock to be surrendered for at least six months prior to tendering such stock for
the exercise of an Option.
An eligible employee may receive more than one Incentive Option, but the maximum aggregate fair
market value of the Common Stock (determined when the Incentive Option is granted) with respect to
which Incentive Options are first exercisable by such employee in any calendar year cannot exceed
$100,000. In addition, no Incentive Option may be granted to an employee owning directly or
indirectly stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our
stock (a 10% shareholder), unless the exercise price is not less than 110% of the fair market value
of the shares subject to such Incentive Option on the date of grant. Awards of Nonqualified Options
are not subject to these special limitations.
Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, awards under the 2003 Long-Term
Incentive Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the participant by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution. The expiration date of an Incentive Option is determined by the
Committee at the time of the grant, but in no event may an Incentive Option be exercisable after
the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant of the Incentive Option (five years in the case
of an Incentive Option granted to a 10% shareholder).
SARs. SARs may be granted under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan in conjunction with all
or part of an Option, or separately. The exercise price of the SAR shall not be less than the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of the option to which it relates. The
SAR granted in conjunction with an Option will be exercisable only when the underlying Option is
exercisable and once an SAR has been exercised, the related portion of the Option underlying the
SAR will terminate. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Company will pay to the Participant in cash,
Common Stock, or a combination thereof (the method of payment to be at the discretion of the
Compensation Committee), an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Common Stock
on the exercise date over the option price, multiplied by the number of SARs being exercised.
The Compensation Committee, either at the time of grant or at the time of exercise of any
Nonqualified Option or SAR, may provide for a supplemental payment (Supplemental Payment) by the
Company to the Participant with respect to the exercise of any Nonqualified Option or SAR, in an
amount specified by the Compensation Committee,
54
but which shall not exceed the amount necessary to pay the federal income tax payable with respect
to both the exercise of the Nonqualified Option and/or SAR and the receipt of the Supplemental
Payment, based on the assumption that the shareholder is taxed at the maximum effective federal
income tax rate on such amounts. The Committee shall have the discretion to grant Supplemental
Payments that are payable in cash, Common Stock, or a combination of both, as determined by the
Committee at the time of payment.
Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock awards may be granted under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive
Plan, and the provisions applicable to a grant of Restricted Stock may vary among participants. In
making an award of Restricted Stock, the Committee will determine the periods during which the
Restricted Stock is subject to forfeiture. During the restriction period, the Participant may not
sell, transfer, pledge or assign the Restricted Stock, but will be entitled to vote the Restricted
Stock. The Compensation Committee, at the time of vesting of Restricted Stock, may provide for a
Supplemental Payment by the Company to the participant in an amount specified by the Compensation
Committee that shall not exceed the amount necessary to pay the federal income tax payable with
respect to both the vesting of the Restricted Stock and receipt of the Supplemental Payment, based
on the assumption that the employee is taxed at the maximum effective federal income tax rate on
such amount.
Performance Units. The Compensation Committee may grant Incentive Awards representing a
contingent right to receive cash (Performance Units) or shares of Common Stock (Performance Shares)
at the end of a performance period. The Compensation Committee may grant Performance Units and
Performance Shares in such a manner that more than one performance period is in progress
concurrently. For each performance period, the Committee shall establish the number of Performance
Units or Performance Shares and the contingent value of any Performance Units or Performance
Shares, which may vary depending on the degree to which performance objectives established by the
Compensation Committee are met. The Compensation Committee may modify the performance measures and
objectives as it deems appropriate.
The basis for payment of Performance Units or Performance Shares for a given performance period
shall be the achievement of those financial and non-financial performance objectives determined by
the Committee at the beginning of the performance period. If minimum performance is not achieved
for a performance period, no payment shall be made and all contingent rights shall cease. If
minimum performance is achieved or exceeded, the value of a Performance Unit or Performance Share
shall be based on the degree to which actual performance exceeded the pre-established minimum
performance standards, as determined by the Committee. The amount of payment shall be determined by
multiplying the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares granted at the beginning of the
performance period by the final Performance Unit or Performance Share value. Payments shall be
made, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, solely in cash or Common Stock, or a
combination of cash and Compensation Common Stock, following the close of the applicable
performance period.
The Committee, at the date of payment with respect to such Performance Units or Performance Shares,
may provide for a Supplemental Payment by us to the Participant in an amount specified by the
Compensation Committee, which shall not exceed the amount necessary to pay the federal income tax
payable with respect to the amount of payment made with respect to such Performance Units or
Performance Shares and receipt of the Supplemental Payment, based on the assumption that the
Participant is taxed at the maximum effective federal income tax rate on such amount.
Non-Employee Director Option Plan. The purpose of our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan is to
foster and promote our long-term financial success and interests and to materially increase the
value of the equity interests in the Company by: (a) increasing our ability to attract and retain
talented men and women to serve on our Board, (b) increasing the incentives that these non-employee
directors have to help us succeed and (c) providing our non-employee directors with an increased
opportunity to share in our long-term growth and financial success.
Under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director will be granted
options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon their election to our Board of
Directors. In addition, each non-employee director will be awarded an option to purchase an
additional 3,000 shares of our common stock for each full year of service on our Board of
Directors. The exercise price for each of these options will be equal to the fair market value of
our common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of an option is payable only
in cash. Options awarded under the Plan are not transferable other than as designated by the
participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
55
Each of these options will have a ten-year term. One-third of the options will be exercisable
immediately upon grant, and one-half of the remaining portion of each option grant will vest and
become exercisable on the first and second anniversary dates of the date of grant, assuming that
the non-employee director remains on our Board on each such anniversary date. In the event of a
change of control, we may, after notice to the participant, require the participant to cash-out
his rights by transferring them to us in exchange for their equivalent cash value.
The Board shall not have the right to modify the number of options granted to a non-employee
director or the terms of the option grants.
A total of 175,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for grants of stock options under the
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. The Plan will terminate ten years from its adoption by our
shareholders unless terminated earlier by our Board of Directors.
Tax Consequences. Under current tax laws, the grant of an option generally will not be a
taxable event to the optionee, and we will not be entitled to a deduction with respect to such
grant. Upon the exercise of an option, the non-employee director optionee will recognize ordinary
income at the time of exercise equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the shares of
common stock received over the exercise price. The taxable income recognized upon exercise of a
nonqualified option will be treated as compensation income subject to withholding, and we will be
entitled to deduct as a compensation expense an amount equal to the ordinary income an optionee
recognizes with respect to such exercise. When common stock received upon the exercise of a
nonqualified option subsequently is sold or exchanged in a taxable transaction, the holder thereof
generally will recognize capital gain (or loss) equal to the difference between the total amount
realized and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise; the character of
such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss will depend upon the holding
period of the shares following exercise.
Amendment and Termination. The Board of Directors may from time to time amend, and the
Board of Directors may terminate, the Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan, provided that no such
action shall modify the number of options granted to a non-employee director or change the terms of
any option grants, in each case as summarized in the preceding discussion, or adversely affect
option rights already granted there under without the consent of the impacted non-employee
director. In addition, no amendment may be made without the approval of our shareholders if
shareholder approval is necessary in order to comply with applicable law.
56
2007 Director Compensation
We use a combination of cash and equity incentives to compensate our non-employee directors.
Directors who are also our employees received no compensation for their service on our Board of
Directors in fiscal 2007. To determine the appropriate level of compensation for our non-employee
directors, we take into consideration the significant amount of time and dedication required by the
directors to fulfill their duties on our Board of Directors and Board committees as well as the
need to continue to attract highly qualified candidates to serve on our Board of Directors. In
addition, our compensation arrangement with Mel Marks reflects his 45 years of relevant experience
in the industry and our company. The information provided in the following table reflects the
compensation received by our directors for their service on our board in fiscal 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid in |
|
|
|
|
|
Option |
|
All Other |
|
|
Name |
|
Cash |
|
Stock Awards |
|
Awards(1) |
|
Compensation |
|
Total |
Philip Gay |
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
9,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
99,000 |
|
Rudolph Borneo |
|
$ |
56,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
9,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
65,000 |
|
Irv Siegel |
|
$ |
60,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
9,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
69,000 |
|
Mel Marks |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
350,000 |
|
|
$ |
350,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option award amounts represent our non-employee directors portion of our reported
share-based payment expense for fiscal 2007 in accordance with FAS 123R. |
We have supplemental compensatory arrangements with Mel Marks, our founder, largest shareholder and
member of our board. In August 2000, our Board of Directors agreed to engage Mel Marks to provide
consulting services to our company. Mr. Marks is paid an annual consulting fee of $350,000 per
year. We can terminate our consulting arrangement with Mr. Marks at any time.
We agreed to pay Mr. Gay $90,000 per year for serving on our Board of Directors, as well as
assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of our Audit and Ethics Committees.
In addition, each of our non-employee directors, other than Messrs Marks and Gay, receives annual
compensation of $20,000 and is paid a fee of $2,000 for attending each Board of Directors meeting,
$2,000 for attending each Audit Committee meeting and $500 for any other Board committee meeting
attended. Each director is also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred to attend
Board or Board committee meetings.
Under our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director is granted options to
purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon their election to our Board of Directors. In
addition, each non-employee director is awarded an option to purchase an additional 3,000 shares of
our common stock for each full year of service on our Board of Directors.
Indemnification of Executive Officers and Directors
Article Seventh of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, in part, that to the extent
required by New York Business Corporation Law, or NYBCL, no director shall have any personal
liability to us or our shareholders for damage for any breach of duty as such director, provided
that each such director shall be liable under the following circumstances: (a) in the event that a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or
omissions were in bad faith, involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that
such director personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such
director was not legally entitled or that such directors acts violated Section 719 of the NYBCL or
(b) for any act or omission prior to the adoption of Article Seventh of our Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
Article Ninth of our Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify any person, by reason of the fact that
such person is or was a director or officer of our company or served any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at
our request, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,
including attorneys fees incurred as a result of an action or proceeding, or any appeal therefrom,
provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made to, or on behalf of, any director or
officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director or officer establishes
that (a) his or her acts were
57
committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case,
were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) he or she personally gained in fact a
financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.
We may purchase and maintain insurance for our own indemnification and for that of our directors
and officers and other proper persons as described in Article Ninth of our Bylaws. We maintain and
pay premiums for directors and officers liability insurance policies.
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and Sections 721-726 of Article 7 of
the NYBCL provide for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to directors and officers.
Section 721 of the NYBCL provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions
contained in the NYBCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights which a director or officer
seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, provided no indemnification may
be made on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to
the director or officer establishes that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the
result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated,
or that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or
she was not legally entitled.
Section 722 of the NYBCL permits, in general, a New York corporation to indemnify any person made,
or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
was a director or officer of that corporation, or served another entity in any capacity at the
request of that corporation, against any judgment, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable
expenses, including attorneys fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or
proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such person acted in good faith, for a purpose he or she
reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service of another entity, not opposed to, the
best interests of that corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, who in addition had no
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. However, no indemnification may
be made to, or on behalf of, any director or officer in a derivative suit in respect of (a) a
threatened action or a pending action that is settled or otherwise disposed of or (b) any claim,
issue or matter for which the person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and
only to the extent that a court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any
court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that the person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnify for that portion of settlement and expenses as the court deems
proper.
Section 723 of the NYBCL permits a New York corporation to pay in advance of a final disposition of
such action or proceeding the expenses incurred in defending such action or proceeding upon receipt
of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount as, and to the
extent, required by statute. Section 724 of the NYBCL permits a court to award the indemnification
required by Section 722.
Section 725 provides for repayment of such expenses when the recipient is ultimately found not to
be entitled to indemnification. Section 726 provides that a corporation may obtain indemnification
insurance indemnifying itself and its directors and officers.
The foregoing is only a summary of the described sections of the NYBCL and our Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws and is qualified in its entirety by the reference to such
sections and charter documents.
We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnity
agreements generally indemnify such persons against liabilities arising out of their service in
their capacities as directors, officers, employees or agents of our company. We may from time to
time enter into indemnity agreements with additional individuals who become officers and/or
directors of our company.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors determines the compensation of our officers
and directors. None of our executive officers currently serves on the compensation committee or
board of directors of any other company of which any members of our Board of Directors or our
Compensation Committee is an executive officer.
58
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
The following table sets forth, as of June 27, 2007, certain information as to the common stock
ownership of each of our named executive officers, directors and director nominees, all named
executive officers and directors as a group and all persons known by us to be the beneficial owners
of more than five percent of our common stock. The percentage of common stock beneficially owned is
based on 12,026,731 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 27, 2007.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number
of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership held by that person,
shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or
will become exercisable within 60 days of June 27, 2007 are deemed outstanding, while these shares
are not deemed outstanding for determining the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless
otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole
voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community
property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of
the stockholder is c/o Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. 2929 California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount and Nature of |
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Shareholder |
|
Beneficial Ownership(1) |
|
Percent of Class |
Mel Marks(2) |
|
|
1,739,639 |
|
|
|
14.5 |
% |
Third Point LLC (3) |
|
|
1,150,000 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
% |
Costa Brava Partnership III L.P.(4) |
|
|
982,608 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
% |
Midwood Capital Management LLC(5) |
|
|
738,726 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
% |
Selwyn Joffe(6) |
|
|
664,750 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
Philip Gay(7) |
|
|
28,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Rudolph Borneo(8) |
|
|
28,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Irv Siegel(9) |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Mervyn McCulloch(10) |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Douglas Schooner(11) |
|
|
50,667 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Thomas Stricker(12) |
|
|
43,917 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Michael Umansky(13) |
|
|
23,334 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Directors and executive officers as a group 9 persons(14) |
|
|
2,596,307 |
|
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. |
|
(1) |
|
The listed shareholders, unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, have direct
ownership over the amount of shares indicated in the table. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 6,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 150,000 shares issuance upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based
on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on May 29, 2007. Daniel S. Loeb as the chief executive
officer of Third Point LLC, which is the investment manager of Third Point Offshore Fund,
Ltd., has the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held of record by
Third Point LLC and Third Point Offshore Fund, Ltd. The business address of each of Third
Point LLC and Mr. Loeb is 390 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022. The business address of Third
Point Offshore Fund, Ltd. is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George
Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9002, Cayman Islands, British West Indies. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 13,650 shares issuance upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based on
a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on December 22, 2006. Seth W. Hamot as the president of
Roark, Rearden & Hamot LLP, which is the general partner of Costa Brava Partnership III L.P.,
has the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held of record by Costa
Brava Partnership III L.P. The business address of each of Costa Brava Partnership II L.P.,
Seth W. Hamot and Roark, Rearden & Hamot, LLC is 420 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116. |
59
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes 13,649 shares issuance upon the exercise of currently exercisable warrants. Based on
a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on May 23, 2007. Midwood Capital Partners, LLC is the sole
general partner of Midwood Capital Partners, L.P., the record holder of 262,937 shares of our
common stock and Midwood Capital Partners QP, L.P., the record holder of 334,045 shares of our
common stock. David E. Cohen and Ross D. DeMont as manager of Midwood Capital Partners, LLC
have the power to vote and dispose of the shares of our common stock held by these entities.
The business address of each of Midwood Capital Partners, LLC and Messrs. Cohen and DeMont is
575 Boylston Street, 4th Floor, Boston, MA 02116. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable under the 1996 Stock
Option Plan (the 1996 Stock Option Plan); 255,250 shares issuable upon exercise of currently
exercisable options under the 1994 Stock Option Plan; and 4,500 shares issuable upon exercise
of currently exercisable options granted under the Non-Employee Director Plan and 375,000
shares issuable upon exercise of options under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan exercisable
within 60 days of June 27, 2007. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents 28,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted
under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(8) |
|
Represents 28,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted
under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents 3,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 24,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan and 26,667 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes 17,250 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 1994
Stock Option Plan and 26,667 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
under the 2003 Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes 23,334 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options under the 2003
Long Term Incentive Plan. |
|
(14) |
|
Includes 302,500 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under
the 1994 Stock Option Plan; 30,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable
options granted under the 1996 Stock Option Plan; 4,500 shares issuable upon exercise of
currently exercisable options granted under the Non-Employee Director Plan; 466,668 shares
issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2003 Long Term
Incentive Plan; and 59,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. |
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
We have entered into a consulting agreement with Mel Marks, our founder, Board member and largest
shareholder. We currently pay Mel Marks a consulting fee of $350,000 per year under this
arrangement. In addition, the Compensation Committee and the Board authorized a bonus payable to
Mr. Marks with respect to fiscal 2004 of $50,000. We have also agreed to pay Mr. Gay, a member of
our Board of Directors, $90,000 per year for his service as a member of our Board and Chairman of
our Audit Committee. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption Compensation
of Directors.
Based upon the terms of agreements we previously entered into with Mr. Richard Marks, we paid the
costs he incurred in connection with the SEC and United States Attorneys Offices investigation.
During fiscal 2006 and 2005, we incurred costs of approximately $368,000 and $556,000,
respectively, pursuant to this indemnification
60
arrangement. As provided in the agreements with Mr. Richard Marks, we sought reimbursement from him
of certain of the legal fees and costs we advanced. In June 2006, we entered into a Settlement
Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Richard Marks. Under this agreement, Mr. Richard Marks is
obligated to pay us $682,000 on January 15, 2008. Mr. Marks made the June interest payment on June
22, 2007. He has also agreed to make payments of interest at the prime rate plus one percent on
June 15, 2007 and January 15, 2008. Mr. Richard Marks obligation to us is secured by the pledge of
80,000 shares of our common stock that he owns. If at any time the market price of the stock
pledged by Mr. Richard Marks is less than 125% of his obligation, he is required to pledge
additional stock so as to maintain no less than the 125% coverage level. Richard Marks is the son
of Mel Marks, our founder, largest shareholder and member of our Board. The settlement with Mr.
Richard Marks was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board consisting of Messrs.
Borneo, Gay and Siegel. At March 31, 2007, we recorded a shareholder note receivable for the
$682,000 that Mr. Marks owes us. The note is classified in shareholders equity as it is
collateralized by our common stock. We reduced our general and administrative expenses by $682,000
and recorded related interest income of $75,000 during the year ended March 31, 2007.
Corporate Governance, Board of Directors and Committees of the Board
Audit Committee. The current members of our Audit Committee are Philip Gay, Irv Siegel and Rudolph
Borneo, with Mr. Gay serving as chairman. Our Board has determined that all of the Audit Committee
members are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules. Our Board has also
determined that Mr. Gay is a financial expert within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules. The
Audit Committee oversees our auditing procedures, receives and accepts the reports of our
independent registered public accountants, oversees our internal systems of accounting and
management controls and makes recommendations to the Board concerning the appointment of our
auditors. The Audit Committee met 13 times in fiscal 2007.
Compensation Committee. The current members of our Compensation Committee are Irv Siegel, Rudolph
Borneo and Philip Gay, with Mr. Siegel serving as chairman. The Compensation Committee is
responsible for developing and making recommendations to the Board with respect to our executive
compensation policies. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for evaluating the
performance of our chief executive officer and other senior officers and making recommendations
concerning the salary, bonuses and stock options to be awarded to these officers. No member of the
Compensation Committee has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with
the executive officers or directors of another entity. For further discussion of our Compensation
Committee, see Compensation Committee; Interlocks and Insider Participation above. The
Compensation Committee met 7 times in fiscal 2007.
Ethics Committee. The current members of our Ethics Committee are Philip Gay, who serves as
Chairman, Irv Siegel and Rudolph Borneo. The Ethics Committee is responsible for implementing our
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. No issues arose which required our Ethics Committee to meet in
fiscal 2007.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We formed a Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee in June 2006 and appointed Irv Siegel, Rudolph Borneo and Philip Gay as members. Each of
the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent within the meaning
of applicable SEC rules. Beginning with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee will take responsibility for nominating candidates to our Board of
Directors.
61
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The following table summarizes the total fees we paid to our independent certified public
accountants, Grant Thornton LLP, for professional services provided during the years ended March
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Audit Fees |
|
$ |
1,769,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,488,000 |
|
|
$ |
619,000 |
|
Audit Related Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,000 |
|
Tax Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Fees |
|
|
67,000 |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
69,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,836,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,503,000 |
|
|
$ |
717,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit fees billed in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 consisted of (i) the audit of our annual financial
statements and (ii) the reviews of our quarterly financial statements, (iii) the review of our
compliance with SOX 404 requirements, (iv) the review of SEC letters and (v) the review of restated
financial statements and related Forms 10-K/A and 10-Q/A.
Audit related fees billed in fiscal 2005 consist of review of our accounting for customer long-term
contracts.
Other fees billed in fiscal 2007 relate primarily to professional services related to our POS
unwind transaction and FAS 123R. Other fees billed in fiscal 2006 relate to attendance at our
annual shareholders meeting and at a meeting regarding and a tour of our new facility in Tijuana,
Mexico. Other fees billed in fiscal 2005 consisted of professional services for due diligence work
related to a potential acquisition that was abandoned.
Our Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be performed by our
independent auditors and will not approve any services that are not permitted by SEC rules. All of
the audit and non-audit related fees in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 were pre-approved by the Audit
Committee.
62
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
a. Documents filed as part of this report:
(1) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
F-5 |
|
(2) Schedules.
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 declared effective on March 22,
1994 (the 1994 Registration Statement.) |
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (No. 33-97498) declared effective
on November 14, 1995 (the 1995
Registration Statement) |
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997
(the 1997 Form 10-K) |
|
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998
(the 1998 Form 10-K) |
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to
the Companys proxy statement on Schedule
14A filed with the SEC on November 25,
2003. |
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
By-Laws of the Company
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the 1994 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate of the Companys
Common Stock
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the 1994 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Form of Underwriters Common Stock Purchase
Warrant
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
the 1994 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
1994 Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to
the 1994 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to
the 1994 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. |
63
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
1996 Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-2 (No. 333-37977) declared effective
on November 18, 1997 (the 1997
Registration Statement). |
|
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of February 24,
1998, by and between the Company and
Continental Stock Transfer and Trust
Company, as rights agent
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to
the 1998 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
2003 Long Term Incentive Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-8 filed with the SEC on April 2,
2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to
the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the
2004 Annual Shareholders Meeting. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement among the
Company and the investors identified on the
signature pages thereto, dated as of May
18, 2007
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May
18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Form of Warrant to be issued by the Company
to investors in connection with the May
2007 Private Placement
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4
to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May
18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Amendment to Lease, dated October 3, 1996,
by and between the Company and Golkar
Enterprises, Ltd. relating to additional
property in Torrance, California
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17
to the December 31, 1996 Form 10-Q. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 19, 1995,
by and between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and
the Company relating to the Companys
facility located in Torrance, California
|
|
1997 Form 10-K. Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.18 to the 1995 Registration
Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated
as of April 1, 1997, by and among the
Company, Mel Marks, Richard Marks and
Vincent Quek relating to the acquisition of
MVR and Unijoh
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22
to the 1997 Form 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for
officers and directors
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25
to the 1997 Registration Statement. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated
April 20, 2000, by and between the Company
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29
to the 2001 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant dated May 31,
2001, by and between the Company and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32
to the 2001 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement dated February
14, 2003 by and between the Company and
Selwyn Joffe.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42
to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Letter Agreement dated July 17, 2002 by and
between the Company and Houlihan Lokey
Howard & Zukin Capital.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43
to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease dated March 15,
2002 between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and
the Company relating to property in
Torrance, California
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44
to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
Separation Agreement and Release, dated
February 14, 2003, between the Company and
Anthony Souza
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45
to the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2003
between the Company and Charles Yeagley.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.46 to
the 2003 10-K. |
64
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Form of Warrant Cancellation Agreement and Release, dated April 30,
2003, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.47 to
the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Form of Agreement, dated June 5, 2002, by and between the Company
and Sun Trust Bank.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.38 to
the 2002 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated May 28, 2004, between the Company and Union
Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to
the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the
year ended March
31, 2004 (the 2004
10-K). |
|
|
|
|
|
10.15*
|
|
Addendum to Vendor Agreement, dated May 8, 2004, between AutoZone
Parts, Inc. and the Company.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to
the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2003, between the Company
and Bill Laughlin.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to
the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Form of Orbian Discount Agreement between the Company and Orbian
Corp.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to
the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Form of Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease, dated
May 25, 2004, between the Company and Golkar Enterprises, Ltd for
property located at 530 Maple Avenue, Torrance, California.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.18 to
the 2004 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 28, 2001 between the
Company and Mel Marks.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to
Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on March
29, 2001. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Build to Suit Lease Agreement, dated October 28, 2004, among
Motorcar Parts de Mexico, S.A. de CV, the Company and Beatrix
Flourie Geoffroy.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
November 2, 2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated April 19, 2004,
between the Company and Selwyn Joffe.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
April 25, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 10, 2006
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
April 24, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
Revolving Note dated as of April 10, 2006 executed by Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of California. N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
April 24, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, Secured Promissory Note
and Stock Pledge Agreement all dated June 26, 2006, between the
Company and Mr. Richard Marks
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
June 28, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
August 16, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.26
|
|
Revolving Note dated as of August 8, 2006 executed by Motorcar
Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of California. N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
August 16, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.27*
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Pay-On-Scan Addendum dated August 22, 2006
between AutoZone Parts, Inc. and the Company.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
August 30, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.28*
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Vendor Agreement dated August 22, 2006 between
AutoZone Parts, Inc. and Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
August 30, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
Lease Agreement Amendment dated October 12, 2006 between the
Company and Beatrix Flourie Geffroy.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
October 20, 2006 |
65
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
Method of Filing |
|
|
|
|
|
10.30
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 2006
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
November 11, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement as of November 20, 2006 between
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Golkar Enterprises, Ltd.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
November 27, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between the Company and
Selwyn Joffe.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
December 7, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 21, 2007
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
March 29, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
Side letter regarding Credit Agreement dated March 21, 2007 between
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of California, N.A.
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
March 29, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
Non-revolving Note dated March 21, 2007 executed by Motorcar Parts
of America, Inc. in favor of Union Bank of California, N.A
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 99.3 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
March 29, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.36
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement among the Company and the investors
identified on the signature pages thereto, dated as of May 18, 2007
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to
Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on
May 18, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
10.37
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 27, 2007
between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Union Bank of
California, N.A
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 10.48 to
the 2003 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
Preferability Letter to the Company from Grant Thornton LLP
|
|
Incorporated by
reference to
Exhibit 18.1 to the
2001 10-K. |
|
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
Filed herewith. |
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
* |
|
Portions of this exhibit have been granted confidential treatment by the SEC. |
66
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
|
|
Dated: October 19, 2007 |
By: |
/s/ Mervyn McCulloch
|
|
|
|
Mervyn McCulloch |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has
been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Selwyn Joffe
Selwyn Joffe
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mervyn McCulloch
Mervyn McCulloch
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Rudolph Borneo
Rudolph Borneo
|
|
Director
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Philip Gay
Philip Gay
|
|
Director
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Irv Siegel
Irv Siegel
|
|
Director
|
|
October 19, 2007 |
67
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
F-4 |
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
S-1 |
68
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. did not maintain
effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2007, because of the effect of
the material weakness identified in managements assessment, based on criteria established in
Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.s management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP). A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results
in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial
statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weaknesses have been
identified and included in managements assessment:
Control Environment
The Companys finance and accounting department is understaffed and lacks sufficient training or
experience. Since the department is understaffed, they cannot maintain sufficient segregation of
duties specifically in the revenue recording cycles of the Companys financial reporting process.
The Companys accounting personnel do not have an adequate understanding of certain accounting
standards and how those standards apply to their business. The Companys accounting and finance
personnel also lack certain required skills and competencies to oversee the accounting operations
and review, periodically inspect and test, and investigate the transactions of foreign locations to
insure application of GAAP. This material weakness in the operating effectiveness of internal
control resulted in material adjustments to the Companys interim and annual consolidated financial
statements for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 and resulted in the restatement of previously issued
financial statements. The adjustments were primarily due to (i) misinterpretation of certain
accounting literature, (ii) lack of understanding and interpretation of customer
69
contract amendments, (iii) erroneous application of GAAP and (iv) improper classification of
certain consolidated financial statement line items.
Control Activities
The internal controls were not adequately designed or operating in a manner to effectively support
the requirements of the financial reporting and period-end close process. This material weakness is
the result of aggregate deficiencies in internal control activities. The material weakness includes
failures in the operating effectiveness of controls which would ensure (i) the consistent
completion, review and approval of key balance sheet account analyses and reconciliations, (ii)
journal entries and their supporting worksheets are consistently reviewed and approval documented,
(iii) the appropriate review for completeness and accuracy of certain information input to and
output from financial reporting and accounting systems, (iv) analysis of intercompany activity and
the consolidation of subsidiary financial information and (v) accuracy and completeness of the
financial statement disclosures and presentation in accordance with GAAP. Due to the significance
of the financial closing and reporting process to the preparation of reliable financial statements
and the potential impact of the deficiencies to significant account balances and disclosures, there
is more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the interim and annual financial
statements would be prevented or detected.
Entity Level Controls
In addition to the material weaknesses noted above, it was also concluded that there is a
significant deficiency in the Companys entity level controls. This was evidenced by the lack of
documentation in the planning for IT strategy, asset protection programs, and comprehensive
accounting and human resources policies and procedures manuals. The Audit Committee also failed to
conduct a self assessment of their effectiveness and a formalized Disclosure Committee has not been
established. These items were, in aggregate, considered a significant deficiency in the entity
level internal controls over financial reporting.
These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit
tests applied in our audit of the 2007 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not
affect our report dated June 28, 2007, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial
statements.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. did not maintain
effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2007, is fairly stated, in all
material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described
above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
has not maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting
as of March 31, 2007 based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued
by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. as of
March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes
in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31,
2007, and our report dated June 28, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on these financial
statements.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
June 28, 2007
70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended March 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS 123R,
"Accounting for Share-Based Compensation (revised), using the modified prospective transition
method as of April 1, 2006.
Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements
taken as a whole. Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a
required part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly
stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of March 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission and our report dated June 28, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on managements
assessment of the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting and an
adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting
because of material weaknesses.
As described in Note U, the Company has disclosed a possible underpayment of duties payable to the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
June 28, 2007 (except for
Note U as to which the date
is October 15, 2007)
71
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
349,000 |
|
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
Short term investments |
|
|
859,000 |
|
|
|
660,000 |
|
Accounts receivable net |
|
|
2,259,000 |
|
|
|
13,902,000 |
|
Non-core Inventory net |
|
|
32,260,000 |
|
|
|
31,525,000 |
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
|
3,886,000 |
|
|
|
948,000 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
1,670,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax asset |
|
|
6,768,000 |
|
|
|
5,809,000 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
1,873,000 |
|
|
|
918,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
49,924,000 |
|
|
|
54,162,000 |
|
Plant and equipment net |
|
|
16,051,000 |
|
|
|
12,164,000 |
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
42,076,000 |
|
|
|
33,579,000 |
|
Long-term core inventory deposit |
|
|
21,617,000 |
|
|
|
826,000 |
|
Deferred income tax asset |
|
|
1,817,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
501,000 |
|
|
|
405,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
$ |
101,136,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
42,756,000 |
|
|
$ |
21,882,000 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
1,292,000 |
|
|
|
1,587,000 |
|
Accrued salaries and wages |
|
|
2,780,000 |
|
|
|
2,267,000 |
|
Accrued workers compensation claims |
|
|
3,972,000 |
|
|
|
3,346,000 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
285,000 |
|
|
|
1,021,000 |
|
Line of credit |
|
|
22,800,000 |
|
|
|
6,300,000 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
859,000 |
|
|
|
495,000 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
133,000 |
|
|
|
133,000 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
988,000 |
|
Credit due customer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,793,000 |
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations |
|
|
1,568,000 |
|
|
|
1,499,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
76,670,000 |
|
|
|
41,311,000 |
|
Deferred income, less current portion |
|
|
255,000 |
|
|
|
388,000 |
|
Deferred income tax liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
562,000 |
|
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
1,575,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback |
|
|
1,859,000 |
|
|
|
2,377,000 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
170,000 |
|
|
|
46,000 |
|
Capitalized lease obligations, less current portion |
|
|
3,629,000 |
|
|
|
4,857,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
84,158,000 |
|
|
|
49,541,000 |
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock; par value $.01 per share,
5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A junior participating preferred stock;
par value $.01 per share, 20,000 shares
authorized; none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock; par value $.01 per share,
20,000,000 shares authorized; 8,373,122 and
8,316,105 shares issued and outstanding at
March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively |
|
|
84,000 |
|
|
|
83,000 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
56,241,000 |
|
|
|
54,326,000 |
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
85,000 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(7,855,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,899,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
47,828,000 |
|
|
|
51,595,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
$ |
131,986,000 |
|
|
$ |
101,136,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-1
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
136,323,000 |
|
|
$ |
108,397,000 |
|
|
$ |
96,719,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
115,040,000 |
|
|
|
82,992,000 |
|
|
|
68,064,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
21,283,000 |
|
|
|
25,405,000 |
|
|
|
28,655,000 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
18,185,000 |
|
|
|
14,337,000 |
|
|
|
11,622,000 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
4,116,000 |
|
|
|
3,536,000 |
|
|
|
2,759,000 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
1,457,000 |
|
|
|
1,234,000 |
|
|
|
836,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
23,758,000 |
|
|
|
19,107,000 |
|
|
|
15,217,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(2,475,000 |
) |
|
|
6,298,000 |
|
|
|
13,438,000 |
|
Other (expense) income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(5,996,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,974,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,794,000 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
83,000 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
102,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(8,388,000 |
) |
|
|
3,344,000 |
|
|
|
11,746,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(3,432,000 |
) |
|
|
1,259,000 |
|
|
|
4,465,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,251,319 |
|
|
|
8,151,459 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,483,323 |
|
|
|
8,599,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-2
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders Equity For the
years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Shareholder |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Note |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Receivable |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Income |
|
Balance at March 31, 2004 |
|
|
8,085,955 |
|
|
$ |
81,000 |
|
|
$ |
53,096,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(78,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(12,265,000 |
) |
|
$ |
40,834,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
98,000 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
290,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,000 |
|
|
|
17,000 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,304,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2005 |
|
|
8,183,955 |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
53,627,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,984,000 |
) |
|
|
48,670,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
132,150 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
285,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,000 |
|
|
$ |
76,000 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
2,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2006 |
|
|
8,316,105 |
|
|
|
83,000 |
|
|
|
54,326,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
(2,899,000 |
) |
|
|
51,595,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of options |
|
|
57,017 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
293,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Compensation recognized under
employee stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
|
$ |
82,000 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
|
|
(127,000 |
) |
Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,001,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
8,373,122 |
|
|
$ |
84,000 |
|
|
$ |
56,241,000 |
|
|
$ |
(682,000 |
) |
|
$ |
40,000 |
|
|
$ |
(7,855,000 |
) |
|
$ |
47,828,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-3
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,281,000 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used
in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
2,323,000 |
|
|
|
2,180,000 |
|
|
|
1,932,000 |
|
Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback |
|
|
(518,000 |
) |
|
|
(218,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Provision for (recovery of) inventory reserves |
|
|
379,000 |
|
|
|
(173,000 |
) |
|
|
304,000 |
|
Provision for (recovery of) customer payment discrepancies |
|
|
(71,000 |
) |
|
|
1,360,000 |
|
|
|
(62,000 |
) |
Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts |
|
|
175,000 |
|
|
|
9,000 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(3,444,000 |
) |
|
|
612,000 |
|
|
|
3,305,000 |
|
Share-based compensation expense |
|
|
1,557,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
107,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
11,538,000 |
|
|
|
(359,000 |
) |
|
|
(3,588,000 |
) |
Non-core Inventory |
|
|
(936,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,215,000 |
) |
|
|
(12,962,000 |
) |
Income tax receivable |
|
|
(1,668,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,000 |
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
|
(2,938,000 |
) |
|
|
(371,000 |
) |
|
|
(506,000 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
(949,000 |
) |
|
|
447,000 |
|
|
|
(180,000 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
(97,000 |
) |
|
|
(332,000 |
) |
|
|
(130,000 |
) |
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
|
21,702,000 |
|
|
|
8,750,000 |
|
|
|
4,029,000 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
(738,000 |
) |
|
|
(16,000 |
) |
|
|
792,000 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
364,000 |
|
|
|
121,000 |
|
|
|
191,000 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
(133,000 |
) |
|
|
(133,000 |
) |
|
|
554,000 |
|
Credit due customer |
|
|
(1,793,000 |
) |
|
|
(10,750,000 |
) |
|
|
12,543,000 |
|
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
1,575,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
(8,670,000 |
) |
|
|
(6,396,000 |
) |
|
|
(9,521,000 |
) |
Long-term core inventory deposits |
|
|
(20,791,000 |
) |
|
|
(759,000 |
) |
|
|
(67,000 |
) |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
(649,000 |
) |
|
|
1,704,000 |
|
|
|
93,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
|
(9,313,000 |
) |
|
|
(11,454,000 |
) |
|
|
4,206,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(5,887,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,372,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,549,000 |
) |
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,110,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Change in short term investments |
|
|
(117,000 |
) |
|
|
(157,000 |
) |
|
|
(199,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(6,004,000 |
) |
|
|
(419,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,748,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under line of credit |
|
|
50,636,000 |
|
|
|
21,331,000 |
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
Repayments under line of credit |
|
|
(34,136,000 |
) |
|
|
(15,031,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,000,000 |
) |
Net payments on capital lease obligations |
|
|
(1,531,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,002,000 |
) |
|
|
(411,000 |
) |
Exercise of stock options |
|
|
294,000 |
|
|
|
286,000 |
|
|
|
291,000 |
|
Excess tax benefit from employee stock options exercised |
|
|
172,000 |
|
|
|
414,000 |
|
|
|
241,000 |
|
Impact of tax benefit on APIC pool |
|
|
(107,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
15,328,000 |
|
|
|
5,998,000 |
|
|
|
(2,879,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(62,000 |
) |
|
|
64,000 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(51,000 |
) |
|
|
(5,811,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,419,000 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents Beginning of period |
|
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
6,211,000 |
|
|
|
7,630,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents End of period |
|
$ |
349,000 |
|
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,211,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
5,807,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,885,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,795,000 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
1,995,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
59,000 |
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property acquired under capital lease |
|
$ |
371,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,675,000 |
|
|
$ |
109,000 |
|
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.
F-4
MOTORCAR
PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
NOTE A Company Background
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company or MPA) remanufacture and
distribute alternators and starters for import and domestic cars and light trucks. These
replacement parts are sold for use on vehicles after initial vehicle purchase. These automotive
parts are sold to automotive retail chain stores and warehouse distributors throughout the United
States and Canada and to a major automobile manufacturer.
The Company obtains used alternators and starters, commonly known as Used Cores, primarily from its
customers (retailers) as trade-ins. It also purchases Used Cores from vendors (core brokers). The
retailers grant credit to the consumer when the used part is returned to them, and the Company in
turn provides a credit to the retailer upon return to the Company. These Used Cores are an
essential material needed for the remanufacturing operations. The Company has remanufacturing,
warehousing and shipping/receiving operations for alternators and starters in Mexico, California,
Singapore and Malaysia. In addition, the Company has a warehouse distribution facility in
Nashville, Tennessee and utilizes third party warehouse distribution centers in Fairfield, New
Jersey and Springfield, Oregon.
The Company changed its name to Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. from Motorcar Parts & Accessories,
Inc. on January 8, 2005. The Company operates in one business segment pursuant to Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of Enterprise and
Related Information.
NOTE B Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
1. |
|
Principles of Consolidation |
|
|
|
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorcar Parts of
America, Inc and its wholly owned subsidiaries, MVR Products Pte. Ltd., Unijoh Sdn. Bhd. and
Motorcar Parts de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions
have been eliminated. |
|
2. |
|
Cash |
|
|
|
The Company maintains cash balances in local currencies in Singapore and Malaysia and in local
and U.S. dollar currencies in Mexico for use by the facilities operating in those foreign
countries. The balances in these foreign accounts if translated into U.S. dollars at March 31,
2007 and 2006 were $347,000 and $399,000, respectively. |
|
3. |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
|
The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based upon several factors including customers
credit quality, historical write-off experience and any known specific issues or disputes which
exist as of the balance sheet date. Accounts receivable are written off only when all collection
attempts have failed. The Company does not require collateral for accounts receivable. |
|
|
|
The Company has two separate agreements executed with two customers and their factors. Under
these agreements, the Company may sell those receivables at a discount agreed upon at the time
the receivables are sold. (See Note J.) |
|
4. |
|
Inventory |
Non-core Inventory
|
|
Non-core Inventory is comprised of non-core raw materials, the non-core value of work-in-process
and the non-core value of finished goods. Used Cores, the Used Core value of work-in-process and
the Remanufactured Core portion of finished goods are classified as long-term core inventory as
described later in this note. |
|
|
|
Non-core Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of non-core inventory
approximates average historical purchase prices paid, and is based upon the direct costs of
material and an allocation of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs. The cost of non-core
inventory is evaluated at least quarterly during the fiscal year and adjusted to reflect current
lower of cost or market levels. These adjustments are determined for individual items of
inventory within each of the three classifications of non-core inventory as follows: |
F-5
|
|
Non-core raw materials are recorded at average cost, which is based on the actual purchase price
of raw material on hand. The average is updated quarterly. This average cost is a standard in
the inventory costing process and is the basis for allocation of materials to finished goods
during the production process. |
|
|
|
Non-core work in process is in various stages of production, is on average 50% complete and is
valued at 50% of the cost of a finished good. Non-core work in process inventory historically
comprises less than 3% of the total inventory balance. |
|
|
|
Finished goods cost includes the average cost of non-core raw materials and allocations of labor
and variable and fixed overhead. The allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs
are determined based on the average actual use of the production facilities over the prior twelve
months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the distortion in costs that
would occur during short periods of abnormally low or high production. In addition, we exclude
certain unallocated overhead such as severance costs, duplicative facility overhead costs, and
spoilage from the calculation and expenses them as period costs as required in Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No.
43, Chapter 4 (FAS 151). For the year ended March 31, 2007, costs of approximately $216,000 were
considered abnormal and thus excluded from the cost calculation. |
|
|
|
The Company provides an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon recent
sales history, the quantity of inventory remaining on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of
the inventory. The Company reviews inventory on a monthly basis to identify excess quantities
and part numbers that are experiencing a reduction in demand. In general, part numbers with
quantities representing a one to three-year supply are partially reserved for at rates based upon
managements judgment and consistent with historical rates. Any part numbers with quantities
representing more than a three-year supply are reserved for at a rate that considers possible
scrap and liquidation values and may be as high as 100% if no liquidation market exists for the
part. |
|
|
|
The quantity thresholds and reserve rates are subjective and are based on managements judgment
and knowledge of current and projected industry demand. The reserve estimates may, therefore, be
revised if there are changes in the overall market for the Companys product or in managements
judgment of the impact of market changes on its ability to sell or liquidate potentially excess
or obsolete inventory. |
|
|
|
The Company applies the guidance provided by the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 02-16,
Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor (
EITF 02-16 ), by recording vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories that are recognized as
a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold. |
|
|
|
Inventory Unreturned |
|
|
|
Inventory Unreturned represents our estimate, based on historical data and prospective
information provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that the
Company expects to be returned after the balance sheet date. The balance includes only the added
unit value of a finished goods (as previously mentioned, all cores are classified separately as
long term assets). The return rate is calculated based on expected returns within a normal
operating cycle, which is one year. Hence, the related amounts are classified in current assets. |
|
|
|
Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as our finished goods inventory. |
|
|
|
Long-term Core Inventory |
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory consists of: |
|
|
|
Used Cores purchased from core brokers and held in inventory at the Company facilities, |
|
|
|
|
Used Cores returned by the Companys customers and held in inventory at the Companys facilities, |
F-6
|
|
|
Used Cores expected to be returned by the Companys customers and held at their
locations, Used Cores that have been returned by end-users to customers but have not yet
been returned to the Company are classified as Remanufactured Cores until they are
physically received by the Company. |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held in finished goods inventory at the Companys facilities; and |
|
|
|
|
Remanufactured Cores held at the customers locations as a part of the finished goods sold
to the customer. For these Remanufactured Cores, The Company expects the finished good
containing the Remanufactured Core to be returned under the Companys general right of
return policy or a similar Used Core to be returned to the Company by the customer, in each
case, for credit. |
|
|
Long-term core inventory is recorded at average historical purchase price determined based on
actual purchases of inventory on hand. The cost and market value of Used Cores for which
sufficient recent purchases have occurred are deemed the same as the purchases are made in arms
length transactions. |
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory recorded at average purchase price is primarily made up of Used Cores
for newer products related to more recent automobile models or products for which there is a less
liquid market. The Company must purchase these Used Cores from core brokers because its
customers do not have a sufficient supply of these newer Used Cores available for the core
exchange program. |
|
|
|
Approximately 15% to 25% of the Used Core units are obtained in these core broker transactions
and are valued based on average purchase price. The average purchase price of the Used Cores for
more recent automobile models is retained as the cost for these Used Cores in subsequent periods
even as the source of these Used Cores shifts to the core exchange program. |
|
|
|
Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market value. In the absence of sufficient recent
purchases, the Company uses core broker price lists to assess whether Used Core cost exceeds Used
Core market value on an item by item basis. The primary reason for the insufficient recent
purchases is that the Company obtains most of its Used Core inventory from the customer core
exchange program. |
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we reclassified all of our core inventories to a long-term
asset account. The determination of the long-term classification was based on our view that the
value of the cores are not consumed or realized in cash during our normal operating cycle, which
is one year for most of the cores recorded in inventory. According to ARB 43, current assets are
defined as assets or other resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected
to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.
We do not believe that core inventories, which we classify as long-term, are consumed because the
credits issued upon the return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the Remanufactured
Cores included in finished goods were sold. We do not expect the core inventories to be
consumed, and thus realize cash, until our relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that
we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience. |
|
|
|
However, historically for approximately 4.5% of finished goods sold, our customer will not send
us a Used Core to obtain the credit we offer under our core exchange program. Therefore, based
on our historical estimate, we derecognize the core value for these finished goods upon sale, as
we believe they have been consumed and we have realized cash. |
|
|
|
The Company realizes cash for only the core exchange program shortfall of approximately 4.5%.
This shortfall represents the historical difference between the number of finished goods shipped
to customers and the number of Used Cores returned to the Company by customers. The Company does
not realize cash for the remaining portion of the cores because the credits issued upon the
return of Used Cores offset the amounts invoiced when the Remanufactured Cores included in
finished goods were sold. The Company does not expect to realize cash for the remaining portion
of these Remanufactured Cores until its relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that the
Company considers remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical
experience. |
|
|
|
For these reasons, the Company concluded that it is more appropriate to classify core inventory
as a long-term asset. |
|
|
|
Long-term Core Inventory Deposit |
F-7
|
|
The long-term core inventory deposit account represents the value of Remanufactured Cores the
Company has agreed to purchase from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the
customers premises. The purchase is made through the issuance of credits against that customers
receivables either on a one time basis or over an agreed-upon period. The credits against the
customers receivable are based upon the Remanufactured Core purchase price previously
established with the customer. At the same time, the Company records the long-term core inventory
deposit for the Remanufactured Cores purchased at its cost, determined as noted under Long-term
Core Inventory. The long-term core inventory deposit is stated at the lower of cost or market.
The cost is established at the time of the transaction based on the then current cost, determined
as noted under Long-term Core Inventory. The difference between the credit granted and the cost
of the long-term core inventory deposit is treated as a sales allowance reducing revenue as
required under EITF 01-9. When the purchases are made over an agreed-upon period, the long-term
core inventory deposit is recorded at the same time the credit is issued to the customer for the
purchase of the Remanufactured Cores. |
|
|
|
At least annually, and as often as quarterly, reconciliations and confirmations are performed to
determine that the number of Remanufactured Cores purchased, but retained at the customers
premises, remains sufficient to support the amounts recorded in the long-term core inventory
deposit account. At the same time, the mix of Remanufactured Cores is reviewed to determine that
the aggregate value of Remanufactured Cores in the account has not changed during the reporting
period. The Company evaluates the cost of cores supporting the aggregate long-term core inventory
deposit account each quarter. If the Company identifies any permanent reduction in either the
number or the aggregate value of the Remanufactured Core inventory mix held at the customer
location, the Company will record a reduction in the long-term core inventory deposit account for
that period. |
|
5. |
|
Income Taxes |
|
|
|
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with guidance issued by the Financial
Accounting Standard Board (FASB) in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
(SFAS), Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the use of the liability method of
accounting for income taxes. |
|
|
|
The liability method measures deferred income taxes by applying enacted statutory rates in effect
at the balance sheet date to the differences between the tax base of assets and liabilities and
their reported amounts in the financial statements. The resulting asset or liability is adjusted
to reflect changes in the tax laws as they occur. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce
deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will
not be realized. |
|
|
|
As required, the liability method is also used in determining the impact of the adoption of
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (FAS 123R) on the Companys deferred tax assets and
liabilities. |
|
|
|
The primary components of the Companys income tax provision (benefit) are (i) the current
liability or refund due for federal, state and foreign income taxes and (ii) the change in the
amount of the net deferred income tax asset, including the effect of any change in the valuation
allowance. |
|
|
|
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Companys ability to generate
sufficient future taxable income. The Company has long-term agreements with all of its major
customers which expire at various dates ranging from December 2007 through December 2012. In
addition, the Company has certain Remanufactured Core purchase obligations with certain
customers that expire at various dates through March 2015. (See Note H and M). Management
believes that it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to
realize the recorded deferred tax assets. Future taxable income is based on managements
forecast of the future operating results of the Company. Management periodically reviews such
forecasts in comparison with actual results and there can be no assurance that such results will
be achieved. |
|
6. |
|
Plant and Equipment |
|
|
|
Plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The cost
of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense when incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis in
amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets |
F-8
|
|
to operations over their estimated service lives, which range from three to ten years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the
leasehold improvements, whichever is shorter. |
|
7. |
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
|
|
|
For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency of the foreign subsidiaries is the
local currency. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into the
reporting currency (U.S. dollar) at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while
revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year in accordance with
SFAS 52, Foreign Currency Translation. The accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment
is presented as a component of Other Comprehensive Income in the Consolidated Statement of
Shareholders Equity. |
|
8. |
|
Revenue Recognition |
|
|
|
The Company recognizes revenue when performance by the Company is complete. Revenue is recognized
when all of the following criteria established by the Staff of the SEC in Staff Accounting
Bulletin 104, Revenue Recognition, have been met: |
|
|
|
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, |
|
|
|
|
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, |
|
|
|
|
The sellers price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and |
|
|
|
|
Collectibility is reasonably assured. |
|
|
For products shipped free-on-board (FOB) shipping point, revenue is recognized on the date of
shipment. For products shipped FOB destination, revenues are recognized two days after the date
of shipment based on the Companys experience regarding the length of transit duration. The
Company includes shipping and handling charges in its gross invoice price to customers and
classifies the total amount as revenue in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
(EITF) 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs. Shipping and handling
costs are recorded as cost of sales. |
|
|
|
Unit value revenue is recorded based on the Companys price list, net of applicable discounts
and allowances. The Company allows customers to return slow moving and other inventory. The
Company provides for such returns of inventory in accordance with SFAS 48, Revenue Recognition
When Right of Return Exists. The Company reduces revenue and cost of sales for the unit value
of goods sold based on a historical return analysis and information obtained from customers
about current stock levels. |
|
|
|
The Company accounts for revenues and cost of sales on a net-of-core-value basis. Management has
determined that the Companys business practices and contractual arrangements result in more
than 90% of the remanufactured alternators and starters sold being replaced by similar Used
Cores sent back for credit by customers under the Companys core exchange program. Accordingly,
the Company excludes the value of Remanufactured Cores from by applying Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists (SFAS 48) by
analogy. |
|
|
|
When the Company ships a product, it recognizes an obligation to accept a similar Used Core sent
back under the core exchange program by recording a contra receivable account based upon the
Remanufactured Core price agreed upon by the Company and its customer. Upon receipt of a Used
Core, the Company grants the customer a credit based on the Remanufactured Core price billed,
and restores the Used Core received to on-hand inventory. |
|
|
|
When the Company ships a product, it invoices certain customers for the Remanufactured Core
portion of the product at full Remanufactured Core sales price. For these Remanufactured Cores,
the Company recognizes core revenue based upon an estimate of the rate at which the Companys
customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for
credits under the Companys core exchange program. |
|
|
|
In addition, the Company recognizes revenue related to Remanufactured Cores originally sold at a
nominal price and not expected to be replaced by a similar Used Core under the core exchange
program. Unlike the full price |
F-9
|
|
Remanufactured Cores, the Company only recognizes revenue from Remanufactured Cores not expected
to be replaced by a similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program when the Company
believes it has met all the following criteria under SAB 104: |
|
|
|
the Company has a signed agreement with the customer covering the nominally priced
Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by a similar Used Core under the core
exchange program, and the agreement must specify the number of Remanufactured Cores its
customer will pay cash for in lieu of sending back a similar Used Core and the basis on
which the nominally priced Remanufactured Cores are to be valued (normally the average
price per Remanufactured Core stipulated in the agreement). |
|
|
|
|
the contractual date for reconciling the Companys records and customers records of
the number of nominally priced Remanufactured Cores not expected to be replaced by a
similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program must be in the current or a
prior period. |
|
|
|
|
the reconciliation of the nominally priced Remanufactured Cores must be completed and
agreed to by the customer. |
|
|
|
|
the amount must be billed to the customer. |
|
|
The Company has made in the past and may make in the future agreements with certain customers to
buy-back Remanufactured Cores (See Note H and M). The difference between the credit granted and
the cost of the Remanufactured Cores bought back is treated as a sales allowance reducing
revenue as required under EITF 01-9. As a result of the increasing level of Remanufactured Core
buybacks, the Company now defers core revenue from these customers until there is no expectation
that the sales allowances associated with Remanufactured Core buybacks from these customers will
offset Remanufactured Core revenues that would otherwise be recognized once the criteria noted
above have been met. During the year ended March 31, 2007, $1,575,000 of such Remanufactured
Core revenues was deferred. No Remanufactured Core revenues were deferred in prior periods. |
|
|
|
In May 2004, the Company began to offer products on pay-on-scan (POS) arrangement with its
largest customer. For POS inventory, revenue was recognized when the customer notified the
Company that it had sold a specifically identified product to an end user. POS inventory
represents inventory held on consignment at customer locations. This arrangement was
discontinued in August 2006. See Note H-Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; Termination of Pay-on-Scan
Arrangement; and Inventory Transaction with Largest Customer. |
|
9. |
|
Marketing Allowances |
|
|
|
The Company records the cost of all marketing allowances provided to its customers in accordance
with EITF 01-09, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer. Such allowances
include sales incentives and concessions. Voluntary marketing allowances related to a single
exchange of product are recorded as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are
recorded or when such incentives are offered. Other marketing allowances, which may only be
applied against future purchases, are recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a
schedule set forth in the relevant contract. Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the
value of the incentive provided. See Note M-Commitments and Contingencies for a more complete
description of all marketing allowances. |
|
10. |
|
Advertising Costs |
|
|
|
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the fiscal years
ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $201,000, $320,000, and $87,000, respectively. |
|
11. |
|
Net Income Per Share |
|
|
|
Basic income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share includes the
effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as stock options
and warrants, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common stock. |
F-10
|
|
The following represents a reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(4,956,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,281,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares |
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,251,319 |
|
|
|
8,151,459 |
|
Effect of dilutive options and warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,004 |
|
|
|
448,510 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares |
|
|
8,348,069 |
|
|
|
8,483,323 |
|
|
|
8,599,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.59 |
) |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
|
The effect of dilutive options and warrants excludes 1,270,649 options with exercise prices
ranging from $1.10 to $19.13 per share in 2007, 24,875 options with exercise prices ranging from
$11.81 to $19.13 per share in 2006, and 361,525 options with exercise prices ranging from $8.70
to $19.13 per share in 2005 all of which were anti-dilutive. |
|
12. |
|
Use of Estimates |
|
|
|
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an on-going basis, the
Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the carrying amount of property,
plant and equipment; valuation and return allowances for receivables, inventories, and deferred
income taxes; accrued liabilities; and litigation and disputes. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of sales returns. These estimates are
based on the Companys historical return rates and an evaluation of estimated sales returns from
specific customers. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of the value of inventory. |
|
|
|
The Companys calculation of inventory reserves involves significant estimates. The basis for
the inventory reserve is a comparison of inventory on hand to historical production usage or
sales volumes. The Company records its liability for self-insured workers compensation by including an
estimate of the total claims incurred and reported as well as an estimate of incurred, but not
reported, claims by applying the Companys historical claims development factor to its estimate
of incurred and reported claims. |
|
|
|
The Company uses significant estimates in the calculation of its income tax provision or benefit
by using forecasts to estimate whether it will have sufficient future taxable income to realize
its deferred tax assets. There can be no assurances that the Companys taxable income will be
sufficient to realize such deferred tax assets. |
|
|
|
A change in the assumptions used in the estimates for sales returns, inventory reserves and
income taxes could result in a difference in the related amounts recorded in the Companys
consolidated financial statements. |
|
13. |
|
Financial Instruments |
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the short-term
nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the line of credit and other long-term
liabilities approximate their fair value based on current rates for instruments with similar
characteristics. |
|
14. |
|
Stock Options and Share-Based Payments |
|
|
|
Effective April 1, 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (FAS
123R) using the modified prospective application method of transition for all its stock-based
compensation plans. Accordingly, while the reported results for the year ended March 31, 2007
reflect the adoption of FAS 123R, prior year |
F-11
|
|
amounts have not been restated. FAS123R requires the compensation cost associated with stock-based
compensation plans be recognized and reflected in a companys reported results. |
|
|
|
The following table presents the impact adoption of FAS 123R had on the Companys audited
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March |
|
|
|
31, 2007 |
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
$ |
(1,557,000 |
) |
Interest expense net of interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(1,557,000 |
) |
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(542,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(1,015,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation
as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and
Disclosure-an amendment of SFAS 123. |
|
|
|
Under the provisions of APB No. 25, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the
excess, if, any, of the market price of the Companys common stock at the date of the grant over
the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. SFAS 123 requires pro forma disclosures of
net income and net income per share as if the fair value based method accounting for stock-based
awards had been applied. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is recorded based
on the value of the award at the grant date and is recognized over the service period. |
|
|
|
The following table presents pro forma net income for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 as
if compensation costs associated with the Companys option arrangements had been determined in
accordance with SFAS 123. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Net income as reported |
|
$ |
2,085,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,281,000 |
|
Add: Stock-based employee compensation
expense included in the reported net
income, net of related tax effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair
value based method for all awards, net of
related tax effects |
|
|
(277,000 |
) |
|
|
(909,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
1,808,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,372,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share as reported |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.89 |
|
Basic net income per share pro forma |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
$ |
0.78 |
|
Diluted net income per share as reported |
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
Diluted net income per share pro forma |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.74 |
|
|
|
In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) FAS 123 (R)-3, Transition Election
Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards (FSP 123 (R)-3). FSP
123 (R)-3 provides an elective alternative transition method for calculating the pool of excess
tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of FAS
123R. The Company had significant vested options on their adoption date of FAS 123R and
therefore has elected to compute its APIC pool as described in paragraph 81 of FAS 123R. The
excess tax benefits for the year ended March 31, 2007 of $107,000 (determined based on the
requirements of paragraph 81 of FAS 123R) are presented as a cash outflow from operations and a
cash inflow from financing activities. |
|
|
|
The fair value of stock options used to compute share-based compensation reflected in reported
results under FAS 123R and the pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share
disclosures under APB No. 25 is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which
was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting
restrictions and are fully transferable. This model requires the input |
F-12
|
|
of subjective assumptions including the expected volatility of the underlying stock and the
expected holding period of the option. These subjective assumptions are based on both historical
and other information. Changes in the values assumed and used in the model can materially affect
the estimate of fair value. Options to purchase 411,500 and 405,800 shares of common stock were
granted during the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. |
|
|
|
The table below summarizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumptions used to derive the
weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the periods noted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
4.64 |
% |
|
|
4.12 |
% |
|
|
3.22 |
% |
Expected holding period (years) |
|
|
5.90 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
40.54 |
% |
|
|
27.00 |
% |
|
|
45.00 |
% |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
Weighted average fair value of options granted |
|
$ |
5.59 |
|
|
$ |
3.19 |
|
|
$ |
3.91 |
|
15. |
|
Credit Risk |
|
|
|
The majority of the Companys sales are to leading automotive after market parts suppliers.
Management believes the credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is limited due to
the Companys credit evaluation process and the nature of its customers. However, should the
Companys customers experience significant cash flow problems, the Companys financial position
and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. |
|
16. |
|
Deferred Compensation Plan |
|
|
|
The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain members of management. The plan allows
participants to defer salary, bonuses and commission. The assets of the plan are held in a trust
and are subject to the claims of the Companys general creditors under federal and state laws in
the event of insolvency. Consequently, the trust qualifies as a Rabbi trust for income tax
purposes. The plans assets consist primarily of mutual funds and are classified as available
for sale. The investments are recorded at market value, with any unrealized gain or loss
recorded as other comprehensive income or loss in shareholders equity. Adjustments to the
deferred compensation obligation are recorded in operating expenses. The carrying value of plan
assets was $859,000 and $660,000, and deferred compensation obligation was $859,000 and $495,000
at March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The expense recorded in the year 2007 and 2006 related
to the deferred compensation plan was $120,000 and $148,000, respectively. |
|
17. |
|
Comprehensive Income or Loss |
|
|
|
SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, established standards for the reporting and display
of comprehensive income or loss and its components in a full set of general purpose financial
statements. Comprehensive income or loss is defined as the change in equity during a period
resulting from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The
Companys total comprehensive income or loss consists of net income or loss from foreign
currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments. The
Company has presented comprehensive income or loss on the Consolidated Statement of
Shareholders Equity. |
|
18. |
|
Liquidity |
|
|
|
At March 31, 2007, the Company had a cash balance of $349,000, accounts payable balance of
$42,756,000 and had borrowed $22,800,000 under its line of credit. To respond to the Companys
growing working capital needs and strengthen its financial position, in May 2007 the Company
completed a private placement of common stock and warrants that resulted in aggregate gross
proceeds before expenses of $40,061,000 and net proceeds of approximately $36,500,000. The
proceeds from this private placement were used to repay the borrowed amounts under its line of
credit and to reduce the accounts payable balances. The Company believes the borrowings under
its line of credit arrangement will be available to the Company throughout the year. The line of
credit facility does not expire until October 2008. |
F-13
|
|
The Company believes the proceeds from its recent private placement together with amounts
available under its amended credit facility, cash flows from operations and its cash and short
term investments on hand are sufficient to satisfy its expected future working capital needs,
capital lease commitments and capital expenditure obligations over the next year. The Company
cannot provide assurance in this regard, however. |
|
19. |
|
Reclassifications |
|
|
|
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to confirm with the fiscal 2007 presentation. |
|
|
|
In response to comments received from the Securities and Exchange Commission resulting from
their review of the Companys March 31, 2007 Form 10K filed on June 29, 2007, certain
adjustments have been made in these amended financial statements to classify amounts differently
from those reported in the Companys original filing. Changes in classification were made to
certain amounts within the operating cash flows section of the cash flow statement. These
changes did not result in changes to total cash flows used in or provided by operating
activities, investing activities, or financing activities. Adjustments were also made to
properly classify long-term inventory reserves against long-term assets. |
|
20. |
|
Recent Accounting |
|
|
|
Pronouncements In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (FAS No.159). FAS No. 159 permits companies to
choose to measure at fair value certain financial instruments and other items that are not
currently required to be measured at fair value. FAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company expects to adopt FAS No. 159 in the first quarter
of fiscal 2009. |
|
|
|
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS No. 157). FAS
No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement
date. It also established a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures
about fair value measurement. FAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that
require or permit fair value measurements. FAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years ending
after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of FAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position and results of
operations. |
|
|
|
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting
for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprises financial statements and
prescribes a recognition threshold for financial statement recognition and a measurement
attribute for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation
also provides related guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods and disclosure. FIN 48 is effective for the Company beginning
April 1, 2007. While the Companys evaluation is not complete, management does not expect that
the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on the Companys financial statements. |
NOTE C Restructuring Charges
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company eliminated 80 positions from its Torrance
facilities. Severance and other related costs totaling $258,000 were recorded as general and
administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and paid to terminated employees
through April 3, 2007.
The following table summarizes the activities in the Companys restructuring reserve included under
the accrued expenses in the accompanied consolidated balance sheet for the period ended March 31,
2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs for |
|
|
|
Employees |
|
|
|
Terminated |
|
Balance at March 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
|
|
Additions to reserve |
|
|
258,000 |
|
Cash payments |
|
|
(232,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
26,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE D Short-Term Investments
The short-term investments account contains the assets of the Companys deferred compensation plan.
The plans assets consist primarily of mutual funds and are classified as available for sale. As of
March 31, 2007 and 2006, the
F-14
fair market value of the short-term investments was $859,000 and $660,000, and the liability to
plan participants was $859,000 and $495,000, respectively.
NOTE E Accounts Receivable
Included in Accounts receivable net are significant offset accounts related to customer
allowances earned, customer payment discrepancies, in-transit and estimated future unit returns,
estimated future credits to be provided for Used Cores returned by the customers and potential bad
debts. Due to the forward looking nature and the different aging periods of certain estimated
offset accounts, they may not, at any point in time, directly relate to the balances in the open
trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable net is comprised of the following at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Accounts receivable trade |
|
$ |
27,299,000 |
|
|
$ |
29,134,000 |
|
Allowance for bad debts |
|
|
(18,000 |
) |
|
|
(26,000 |
) |
Customer allowances earned |
|
|
(5,003,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,685,000 |
) |
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
|
(823,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,980,000 |
) |
Customer finished goods returns accruals |
|
|
(9,776,000 |
) |
|
|
(3,522,000 |
) |
Customer core returns accruals |
|
|
(9,420,000 |
) |
|
|
(8,019,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: total accounts receivable offset accounts |
|
|
(25,040,000 |
) |
|
|
(15,232,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable net |
|
$ |
2,259,000 |
|
|
$ |
13,902,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note F Inventory
Non-core inventory, Inventory unreturned, Long-term core inventory, Long-term core inventory
deposit is comprised of the following at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Non-core inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials |
|
$ |
14,990,000 |
|
|
$ |
8,721,000 |
|
Work-in-process |
|
|
185,000 |
|
|
|
82,000 |
|
Finished goods POS consignment inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,067,000 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
18,762,000 |
|
|
|
15,401,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,937,000 |
|
|
|
33,271,000 |
|
Less allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
|
(1,677,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,746,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
32,260,000 |
|
|
$ |
31,525,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory unreturned |
|
$ |
3,886,000 |
|
|
$ |
948,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Used cores held at companys facilities |
|
$ |
13,797,000 |
|
|
$ |
10,904,000 |
|
Used cores expected to be returned by customers |
|
|
2,482,000 |
|
|
|
2,001,000 |
|
Remanufactured goods held in finished goods |
|
|
11,921,000 |
|
|
|
15,695,000 |
|
Remanufactured cores held at customers locations |
|
|
14,292,000 |
|
|
|
5,222,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,492,000 |
|
|
|
33,822,000 |
|
Less allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
|
(416,000 |
) |
|
|
(243,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
42,076,000 |
|
|
$ |
33,579,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term core inventory deposit (See notes H and M) |
|
$ |
21,617,000 |
|
|
$ |
826,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note G Plant and Equipment
Plant and equipment, at cost, are as follows at March 31:
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
$ |
23,871,000 |
|
|
$ |
19,756,000 |
|
Office equipment and fixtures |
|
|
5,491,000 |
|
|
|
5,153,000 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
5,574,000 |
|
|
|
3,813,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,936,000 |
|
|
|
28,722,000 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(18,885,000 |
) |
|
|
(16,558,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
16,051,000 |
|
|
$ |
12,164,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment located in the foreign countries where the Company has production facilities,
net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $5,201,000 and $3,104,000 at March 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. These assets constitute substantially all the long-lived assets of the Company
located outside of the United States.
Note H Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; Termination of Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; and Inventory
Transaction with Largest Customer
In May 2004, the Company and its largest customer entered into a four-year agreement. Under the
significant terms of this agreement, the Company became the primary supplier of import alternators
and starters for eight of this customers distribution centers and agreed to sell this customer
certain products on a pay-on-scan (POS) basis. Under the significant terms of the POS
arrangement, the Company was entitled to receive payment upon the sale of products to end users by
the customer. As part of the 2004 agreement, the parties agreed to use reasonable commercial
efforts to convert the overall purchasing relationship to a POS arrangement by April 2006, and, if
the POS conversion was not fully accomplished by that time, the Company agreed to convert
$24,000,000 of this customers inventory to a POS arrangement by purchasing this inventory through
the issuance of credits of $1,000,000 per month over a 24-month period ending April 2008.
The POS conversion was not completed by April 2006, and the parties agreed to terminate the POS
arrangement as of August 24, 2006. As part of the August 2006 agreement, the customer purchased
those products previously shipped on a POS basis. This transaction, after the application of the
Companys revenue recognition policies, increased sales by $19,795,000 for the year ended March 31,
2007. The August 2006 agreement also extended the term of the Companys primary supplier rights
from May 2008 to August 2008.
Also under the significant terms of this agreement, the Company purchased approximately
$19,980,000 of the customers Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing credits to the customer in
that amount on August 31, 2006. In establishing the related long-term core inventory deposit
account, the Company valued these Remanufactured Cores at $11,918,000 based on the then current
cost of long-term core inventory. The difference of $8,062,000 was recorded as a sales incentive
and accordingly reflected as a reduction of sales for the year ended March 31, 2007. When the
relationship between the Company and the customer ends, this agreement calls for the customer to
pay the Company for unreturned Remanufactured Cores in cash. This cash payment is based on the
contractual value for each unreturned Remanufactured Core. As of March 31, 2007, the long-term core
inventory deposit balance related to this agreement was approximately $19,629,000. Long-term core
inventory deposit related to this August 31, 2006, transaction has not changed, but the total
balance in the account has increased due to an additional subsequent Remanufactured Core purchases.
The net effect of the termination of the POS arrangement, after application of the Companys
revenue recognition policies was an increase in net sales of $11,733,000 for the year ended March
31, 2007.
Note I Capital Lease Obligations
The Company leases various types of machinery and computer equipment under agreements accounted for
as capital leases and included in plant and equipment as follows at March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cost |
|
$ |
8,241,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,879,000 |
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
|
(2,973,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,680,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
5,268,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,199,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future minimum lease payments at March 31, 2007 for the capital leases are as follows:
F-16
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ |
1,875,000 |
|
2009 |
|
|
1,749,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,474,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
701,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
19,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
|
5,818,000 |
|
Less amount representing interest |
|
|
(621,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Present value of future minimum lease payment |
|
|
5,197,000 |
|
Less current portion |
|
|
(1,568,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,629,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
On October 26, 2005, the Company entered into a capital sale-leaseback agreement with a bank. The
agreement provided the Company with $4,110,000 in equipment financing repayable in monthly
installments of $81,000 over the 60 month term of the lease agreement, with a one dollar purchase
option at the end of the lease term. The financing arrangement has an effective interest rate of
6.75%. The proceeds from the agreement were used to reduce the outstanding balance in the Companys
line of credit with the bank, which had been used in fiscal 2006 to fund the purchase of fixed
assets.
Assets financed under the agreement had a net book value of $1,517,000. The difference between the
financing provided, which was based on the fair market value of the equipment, and the net book
value of the equipment financed was accounted for as a deferred gain on the sale-leaseback
agreement. The deferred gain is being amortized at a monthly rate of $43,000 over the estimated
five year life of the capital lease asset and is accounted for as an offset to general and
administrative expenses. At March 31, 2007, the deferred gain remaining to be amortized was
$1,859,000.
Note J Line of Credit and Factoring Agreements
In April 2006, the Company entered into an amended credit agreement with the bank that increased
its credit availability from $15,000,000 to $25,000,000, extended the expiration date of the credit
facility from October 2, 2006 to October 1, 2008 and changed the manner in which the margin over
the benchmark interest rate is calculated. Starting June 30, 2006, the interest rate fluctuates as
noted below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio as of the end of the fiscal quarter |
|
|
Greater than or |
|
|
Base Interest Rate Selected by the Company |
|
equal to 1.50 to 1.00 |
|
Less than 1.50 to 1.00 |
Banks Reference Rate, plus
|
|
0.0% per year
|
|
-0.25% per year |
Banks LIBOR Rate, plus
|
|
2.0% per year
|
|
1.75% per year |
For purposes of this calculation, leverage ratio is defined to mean the ratio of (a) Indebtedness
as of the last day of such fiscal quarter minus any direct or contingent obligations of the Company
under the letter of credit to (b) EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such
date.
In August 2006, the bank credit agreement was amended to increase the credit availability from
$25,000,000 to $35,000,000. On March 23, 2007, the Company further entered into an amendment to its
credit agreement with the bank. Under the terms of the March 2007 amendment, the bank agreed to
provide the Company a non-revolving loan up to $5,000,000. This non-revolving loan bore interest at
the banks prime rate and was due on June 15, 2007. At March 31, 2007, no amounts were outstanding.
On May 24, 2007, the Company repaid the $5,000,000 utilized subsequent to March 31, 2007 from the
proceeds of its private placement of common stock and warrants. (See Note T).
The bank holds a security interest in substantially all of the Companys assets. At March 31, 2007
and 2006, the Company had reserved $4,301,000 of this revolving line of credit for standby letters
of credit for workers compensation insurance and had borrowed $22,800,000 and $6,300,000,
respectively, under this line of credit.
The credit agreement as amended includes various financial conditions, including minimum levels of
tangible net worth, cash flow, current ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, maximum leverage ratios
and a number of restrictive covenants, including limits on capital expenditures and operating
leases, prohibitions against additional indebtedness, payment of dividends, pledge of assets and
loans to officers and/or affiliates. In addition, it is an event of default under the loan
agreement if Selwyn Joffe is no longer the Companys CEO.
F-17
In connection with the April 2006 amendment to the credit agreement, the Company agreed to pay a
quarterly fee of 0.375% per year if the leverage ratio as of the last day of the previous fiscal
quarter was greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 or 0.25% per year if the leverage ratio is less
than 1.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of the previous fiscal quarter. A fee of $125,000 was charged
by the bank in order to complete the amendment. The amendment completion fee is payable in three
installments of $41,666. The first payment was made on the date of the amendment to the credit
agreement, the second was made on or before February 1, 2007 and the third is to be paid on or
before February 1, 2008. The fee was deferred and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
the remaining term of credit facility.
As a result of the August 2006 amendment, the bank increased the minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio and the maximum leverage ratio and increased the amount of allowable capital expenditures. In
addition, the unused facility fee is now applied against any difference between the $35,000,000
commitment and the average daily outstanding amount of credit the Company actually uses during each
quarter. The bank charged an amendment fee of $30,000 which was paid and expensed on the effective
date of the amendment to the credit agreement.
In November 2006, the bank credit agreement was further amended to eliminate the impact of the
$8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term core inventory deposit account
discussed in Note I for purposes of determining the Companys compliance with the minimum cash flow
covenant and to decrease the minimum required current ratio. This amendment was effective as of
September 30, 2006.
In connection with the March 2007 amendment to the credit agreement, the Company agreed to provide
the bank with its monthly financial statements, monthly aged reports of accounts receivable and
accounts payable and monthly inventory reports. The Company also agreed to allow the bank, at its
request, to inspect the Companys assets, properties and records and conduct on-site appraisals of
the Companys inventory.
At March 31, 2007, the Company was not in compliance with loan agreement covenants requiring the
Company to (i) achieve EBITDA of not less than $3,000,000 for the three months ended March 31,
2007, (ii) achieve EBITDA of not less than $13,000,000 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters
ended March 31, 2007, (iii) maintain a leverage ratio of not less than 2.25 to 1.00 as of the last
day of the three month ended March 31, 2007, (iv) maintain a current ratio of not less than 1.20 to
1.00 as of the last day of the three months ended March 31, 2007, (v) not incur operating lease
obligations exceeding $3,000,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 and (vi) achieve minimum
levels of tangible net worth. In June 2007, the bank provided the Company with a waiver of these
covenant defaults.
In addition, in conjunction with the June 2007 waiver, the bank credit agreement was amended to
eliminate the impact of the $8,062,000 reduction in the carrying value of the long-term core
inventory deposit account for purposes of determining our compliance with the fixed charge coverage
ratio and leverage ratio. The effective date of the amendment for the fixed charge coverage ratio
was March 31, 2007.
Under two separate agreements executed on July 30, 2004 and August 21, 2003 with two customers and
their respective banks, the Company may sell those customers receivables to those banks at a
discount agreed-upon at the time the receivables are sold. These discount arrangements have allowed
the Company to accelerate collection of the customers receivables aggregating $87,713,000 and
$77,683,000 for the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, by an average of 226 days
and 189 days, respectively. On an annualized basis, the weighted average discount rate on the
receivables sold to the banks during the years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 6.7%, 5.9%
and 4.2%, respectively. The amount of the discount on these receivables, $3,785,000, $2,292,000 and
$1,539,000 for the years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was recorded as
interest expense.
NOTE K Preferred Stock
On February 24, 1998, the Company entered into a Rights Agreement with Continental Stock Transfer &
Trust Company. As part of this agreement, the Company established 20,000 shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share. The Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock has preferential voting, dividend and liquidation rights over the Common Stock.
F-18
On February 24, 1998, the Company also declared a dividend distribution to the March 12, 1998
holders of record of one Right for each share of Common Stock held. Each Right, when exercisable,
entitles its holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of the Companys Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $65 per one one-thousandth of a share (subject to
adjustment).
The Rights are not exercisable or transferable apart from the Common Stock until an Acquiring
Person, as defined in the Rights Agreement, without the prior consent of the Companys Board of
Directors, acquires 20% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or announces a tender
offer that would result in 20% ownership. The Company is entitled to redeem the Rights, at $0.001
per Right, any time until ten days after a 20% position has been acquired. Under certain
circumstances, including the acquisition of 20% of the Companys common stock without the prior
consent of the Board, each Right not owned by a potential Acquiring Person will entitle its holder
to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock having a value equal to twice the exercise price
of the Right.
Holders of a Right will be entitled to buy stock of an Acquiring Person at a similar discount if,
after the acquisition of 20% or more of the Companys outstanding common stock, the Company is
involved in a merger or other business combination transaction with another person in which it is
not the surviving company, the Companys common stock is changed or converted, or the Company sells
50% or more of its assets or earning power to another person.
The Rights expire on March 12, 2008 unless earlier redeemed by the Company.
The Rights make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a controlling interest in the
Company without the approval of the Companys Board. As a result, the existence of the Rights could
have an adverse impact on the market for the Companys common stock.
NOTE L Financial Risk Management and Derivatives
Purchases and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which are primarily
related to the Companys production facilities overseas, expose the Company to market risk from
material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency. The
Companys primary risk exposure is from changes in the rate between the U.S. dollar and the Mexican
peso related to the operation of the Companys facility in Mexico. In August 2005, the Company
began to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos.
The extent to which forward foreign exchange contracts are used is modified periodically in
response to managements estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of specific
purchase requirements to fund those overseas facilities.
The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts in order to reduce the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations and not to engage in currency speculation. The use of derivative financial
instruments allows the Company to reduce its exposure to the risk that the eventual cash outflow
resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by
changes in exchange rates. The Company does not hold or issue
financial instruments for trading purposes. The forward foreign exchange contracts are designated
for forecasted expenditure requirements to fund the overseas operations. These contracts expire in
a year or less.
The Company had forward foreign exchange contracts with a U.S. dollar equivalent notional value of
$5,463,000 and $4,131,000 and a nominal fair value at March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The
forward foreign exchange contracts entered into require the Company to exchange Mexican pesos for
U.S. dollars at maturity ranging from one month to nine months, at rates agreed at the inception of
the contracts. The counterparty to this derivative transaction is a major financial institution
with investment grade or better credit rating; however, the Company is exposed to credit risk with
this institution. The credit risk is limited to the potential unrealized gains (which offset
currency fluctuations adverse to the Company) in any such contract should this counterparty fail to
perform as contracted. Any changes in the fair values of foreign exchange contracts are reflected
in current period earnings and accounted for as an increase or offset to general and administrative
expenses. For the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded an increase in general
and administrative expenses of $11,000 and a decrease in general and administrative expenses of
$36,000, respectively, associated with these foreign exchange contracts.
F-19
NOTE M Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Lease Commitments
The Company leases office and warehouse facilities in California, Tennessee, Malaysia, Singapore
and Mexico under operating leases expiring through 2017. The Company also has short term contracts
of one year or less covering its third party warehouses that provide for contingent payments based
on the level of sales that are processed through the third party warehouse.
At March 31, 2007, the remaining future minimum rental payments under the above operating leases
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ |
3,248,000 |
|
2009 |
|
|
3,219,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
3,184,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
3,032,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
2,971,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
6,434,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
22,088,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of
$3,215,000, $2,428,000 and $1,466,000, respectively.
Commitments to Provide Marketing Allowances under Long-Term Customer Contracts
The Company has long-term agreements with all of its major customers. Under the significant terms
of these agreements, which typically have initial terms of at least four years, the Company is
designated as the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of remanufactured
alternators and starters. In consideration for its designation as a customers exclusive or primary
supplier, the Company typically provides the customer with a package of marketing incentives. These
incentives differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount
of credits against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract,
(ii) support for a particular customers research or marketing efforts on a scheduled basis, (iii)
discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product and (iv) other marketing,
research, store expansion or product development support. The significant terms of these contracts
also typically require that the Company meet ongoing performance, quality and fulfillment
requirements, and a certain contract grants the customer the right to terminate the agreement at
any time for any reason. The Companys contracts with major customers expire at various dates
ranging from December 2007 through December 2012. There are certain Remanufactured Core purchase
obligations with certain customers that expire at various dates through March 2015.
The Company typically grants its customers marketing allowances in connection with these customers
purchase of goods. The Company records the cost of all marketing allowances provided to its
customers in accordance with EITF 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a
Customer. Such allowances include sales
incentives and concessions and typically consist of the following three types: (i) allowances which
may only be applied against future purchases and are recorded as a reduction to revenues in
accordance with a schedule set forth in the long-term contract, (ii) allowances related to a single
exchange of product that are recorded as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues
are recorded or when such incentives are offered and (iii) allowances that are made in connection
with the purchase of inventory from a customer.
The following table presents the breakout of allowances, other than those reflected in Note
I-Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; Termination of Pay-on-Scan Arrangement; and Inventory Transaction with
Largest Customer discussed above, recorded as a reduction to revenues in the years ended March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Allowances incurred under long-term customer contracts |
|
$ |
11,863,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,825,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,224,000 |
|
Allowances related to a single exchange of product |
|
|
14,100,000 |
|
|
|
11,533,000 |
|
|
|
9,668,000 |
|
Allowances related to core inventory purchase obligations |
|
|
1,506,000 |
|
|
|
1,262,000 |
|
|
|
104,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customer allowances recorded as a reduction of revenues |
|
$ |
27,469,000 |
|
|
$ |
18,620,000 |
|
|
$ |
11,996,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
The following table presents the commitments to incur allowances which will be recognized as a
charge against revenue in accordance with the terms of the relevant long-term customer contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ |
8,258,000 |
|
2009 |
|
|
3,716,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
2,599,000 |
|
2011 |
|
|
1,866,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
1,239,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
1,050,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketing allowances |
|
$ |
18,728,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has also entered into agreements to purchase certain customers Remanufactured Core
inventory and to issue credits to pay for that inventory according to an agreed upon schedule set
forth in the agreements. Under the significant terms of the largest of these agreements, the
Company agreed to acquire Remanufactured Core inventory by issuing $10,300,000 of credits over a
five-year period that began in March 2005 (subject to adjustment if customer sales decrease in any
quarter by more than an agreed upon percentage) on a straight-line basis. As the Company issues
these credits, it establishes a long-term asset account for the value of the Remanufactured Core
inventory in customer hands and subject to customer purchase upon agreement termination, and
reduces revenue by recognizing the amount by which the credit exceeds the estimated long-term core
inventory value as a marketing allowance. The amounts charged against revenues under this
arrangement in the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 were $967,000 and $1,166,000, respectively.
As of March 31, 2007 and 2006, the long-term core inventory deposit related to this agreement was
approximately $1,938,000 and $826,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately
$5,613,000 and $8,064,000, respectively, of credits remains to be issued under this arrangement.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company entered into a five-year agreement with one of
the largest automobile manufacturers in the world to supply this manufacturer with a new line of
remanufactured alternators and starters for the United States and Canadian markets. The Company
expanded its operations and built-up its inventory to meet the requirements of this contract and
incurred certain transition costs associated with this build-up. As part of the agreement, the
Company also agreed to grant this customer $6,000,000 of credits that are issued as sales to this
customer are made. Of the total credits, $3,600,000 was issued during fiscal 2006 and $600,000 was
issued in the second quarter of fiscal 2007. The remaining $1,800,000 is scheduled to be issued in
three annual payments of $600,000 in the second fiscal quarter of each of the fiscal years 2008 to
2010. The agreement also contains other typical provisions, such as performance, quality and
fulfillment requirements that the Company must meet, a requirement that the Company provide
marketing support to this customer and a provision (standard in this manufacturers vendor
agreements) granting the customer the right to terminate the agreement at any time for any reason.
In July 2006, the Company entered into an agreement with a new customer to become their primary
supplier of alternators and starters. As part of the significant terms of this agreement, the
Company agreed to acquire a portion of the customers import alternator and starter Remanufactured
Core inventory by issuing approximately $950,000 of credits over twenty quarters. As of March 31,
2007, approximately $855,000 of credits remains to be issued under the agreement. Also under the
significant terms of the agreement, certain promotional allowances were earned by the customer on
an accelerated basis during the first year of the agreement. On May 22, 2007, this agreement was
amended to eliminate the Companys obligation to acquire a portion of the customers import
alternator and starter inventory, and the customer refunded approximately $95,000 in accounts
receivable credits previously issued.
In addition, during the year ended March 31, 2007, the Company charged approximately $494,000
against revenues under the significant terms of the agreements with certain traditional customers.
As of March 31, 2007, approximately $1,594,000 of credits remains to be issued under these
agreements.
The following table presents the customer Remanufactured Core purchase obligations which will be
recognized in accordance with the terms of the relevant long-term contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending March 31, |
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ |
2,821,000 |
|
2009 |
|
|
2,759,000 |
|
2010 |
|
|
2,136,000 |
|
F-21
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
251,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
95,000 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Remanufactured Core purchase obligations |
|
$ |
8,062,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Workers Compensation Self Insurance
Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company was partially self-insured for workers compensation insurance
and was liable for the first $250,000 of each claim, with an aggregate amount of $2,500,000 per
year. Above these limits, the Company had purchased insurance coverage which management considers
adequate. The Company records an estimate of its liability for self-insured workers compensation
by including an estimate of the total claims incurred and reported as well as an estimate of
incurred, but not reported, claims by applying the Companys historical claims development factor
to its estimate of incurred and reported claims. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company is insured
under the workers compensation insurance policy with no deductibles and no aggregate per year
limit.
NOTE N Major Customers and Suppliers
The Companys five largest customers accounted for the following total percentage of net sales and
accounts receivable for the fiscal years ended March 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Customer A |
|
|
64 |
% |
|
|
70 |
% |
|
|
71 |
% |
Customer B |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
3 |
% |
Customer C |
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
11 |
% |
|
|
13 |
% |
Customer D |
|
|
8 |
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
Customer E |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Customer A |
|
|
31 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
Customer B |
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
Customer C |
|
|
5 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
Customer D |
|
|
28 |
% |
|
|
|
% |
Customer E |
|
|
17 |
% |
|
|
19 |
% |
For the year ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, one supplier provided approximately 22%, 21% and
17% of the raw materials purchased, respectively. No other supplier accounted for more than 10% of
the Companys purchases.
NOTE O Income Taxes
The income tax expense for the years ended March 31 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Current tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
(347,000 |
) |
|
$ |
424,000 |
|
|
$ |
945,000 |
|
State |
|
|
(208,000 |
) |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
184,000 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
461,000 |
|
|
|
123,000 |
|
|
|
31,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(94,000 |
) |
|
|
647,000 |
|
|
|
1,160,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(2,662,000 |
) |
|
|
668,000 |
|
|
|
2,908,000 |
|
State |
|
|
(676,000 |
) |
|
|
(68,000 |
) |
|
|
397,000 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(3,338,000 |
) |
|
|
612,000 |
|
|
|
3,305,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
(3,432,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,259,000 |
|
|
$ |
4,465,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes consist of the following at March 31:
F-22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carry-forwards |
|
$ |
1,921,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Accounts receivable valuation |
|
|
2,334,000 |
|
|
|
185,000 |
|
Right of return reserve |
|
|
1,125,000 |
|
|
|
1,488,000 |
|
Estimate for returns |
|
|
970,000 |
|
|
|
1,661,000 |
|
Allowance for customer incentives |
|
|
410,000 |
|
|
|
1,036,000 |
|
Inventory obsolescence reserve |
|
|
834,000 |
|
|
|
831,000 |
|
Inventory capitalization |
|
|
254,000 |
|
|
|
214,000 |
|
Vacation pay |
|
|
215,000 |
|
|
|
337,000 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
342,000 |
|
|
|
210,000 |
|
Accrued bonus |
|
|
598,000 |
|
|
|
450,000 |
|
Tax credit |
|
|
336,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax on unrealized loss |
|
|
37,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options |
|
|
606,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred state tax |
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred core revenue |
|
|
311,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
18,000 |
|
|
|
19,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
10,391,000 |
|
|
|
6,431,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred state tax |
|
|
(8,000 |
) |
|
|
(292,000 |
) |
Deferred tax on unrealized gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,000 |
) |
Accelerated depreciation |
|
|
(1,491,000 |
) |
|
|
(847,000 |
) |
Shareholder note receivable |
|
|
(304,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(3,000 |
) |
|
|
(12,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(1,806,000 |
) |
|
|
(1,184,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
8,585,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,247,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred income tax asset |
|
$ |
6,768,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,809,000 |
|
Net long-term deferred income tax assets (liabilities) |
|
|
1,817,000 |
|
|
|
(562,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
8,585,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,247,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Companys ability to generate
sufficient taxable income. Management believes that it is more likely than not that future taxable
income will be sufficient to realize the recorded deferred tax assets. At March 31, 2006, the
Company had fully used its federal net operating loss carry forwards. During the current fiscal
year ended March 31, 2007, the Company created a net operating loss carry forward of approximately
$1,921,000. The net operating loss carry forward will expire in fiscal 2027.
For fiscal 2007, the primary components of the Companys income tax benefit rate are due to
federal, state and foreign income taxes. For fiscal 2006 and 2005, the primary components of the
Companys income tax provision rates were (i) the current liability due for federal, state and
foreign income taxes, including, in fiscal 2005, the effect of the tax net operating loss carryback
provisions of the Job Creation and Work Assistance Act of 2002 and (ii) the change in the amount of
the net deferred income tax asset, including the effect of any change in the valuation allowance.
The difference between the income tax expense at the federal statutory rate and the Companys
effective tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year end March 31, |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Statutory federal income tax rate |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
State income tax rate, net of federal benefit |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
State income tax credits |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
(3 |
)% |
Other income tax |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
(3 |
)% |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41 |
% |
|
|
37 |
% |
|
|
38 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE P Defined Contribution Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all employees who are 21 years of age with at least six
months of service. The plan permits eligible employees to make contributions up to certain
limitations, with the Company matching 25% of each participating employees contribution up to the
first 6% of employee compensation. Employees are
F-23
immediately vested in their voluntary employee
contributions and vest in the Companys matching contributions ratably over five years. The
Companys matching contribution to the 401(k) plan was $69,000, $71,000 and $67,000 for the fiscal
years ended March 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
NOTE Q Stock Options
In January 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the 1994 Plan), under which it
was authorized to issue non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to key employees,
directors and consultants. After a number of shareholder-approved increases to this plan, at March
31, 2002 the aggregate number of stock options approved was 960,000 shares of the Companys common
stock. The term and vesting period of options granted is determined by a committee of the Board of
Directors with a term not to exceed ten years. At the Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders held
on November 8, 2002, the 1994 Plan was amended to increase the authorized number of shares issued
to 1,155,000. As of March 31, 2007 and 2006, options to purchase 526,500 and 565,850 shares of
common stock, respectively, were outstanding under the 1994 Plan and no options were available for
grant.
At the Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 17, 2003, the shareholders
approved the Companys 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) which had been adopted by
the Companys Board of Directors on October 31, 2003. Under the Incentive Plan, a total of
1,200,000 shares of our Common Stock were reserved for grants of Incentive Awards and all of the
Companys employees are eligible to participate. The 2003 Incentive Plan will terminate on October
31, 2013, unless terminated earlier by the Companys Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2007 and
2006, options to purchase 1,093,567 and 725,950 shares of common stock, respectively, were
outstanding under the Incentive Plan and options to purchase 80,766 and 469,050 shares of common
stock, respectively, were available for grant.
In November 2004, the Companys shareholders approved the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option
Plan (the 2004 Plan) which provides for the granting of options to non-employee directors to
purchase a total of 175,000 shares of the Companys common stock. As of March 31, 2007 and 2006,
options to purchase 68,000 and 59,000 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued, of which
options to purchase 9,000 and 22,666 shares of common stock, respectively, were not immediately
exercisable under the 2004 Plan and 107,000 and 116,000 shares of common stock were available for
grant.
A summary of stock option transactions follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Shares |
|
Exercise Price |
Outstanding at March 31, 2004 |
|
|
793,250 |
|
|
$ |
3.31 |
|
Granted |
|
|
401,150 |
|
|
$ |
8.83 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(98,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2.98 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
$ |
6.82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2005 |
|
|
1,093,650 |
|
|
$ |
5.29 |
|
Granted |
|
|
405,800 |
|
|
$ |
10.08 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(132,150 |
) |
|
$ |
2.16 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(16,500 |
) |
|
$ |
8.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2006 |
|
|
1,350,800 |
|
|
$ |
7.05 |
|
Granted |
|
|
411,500 |
|
|
$ |
12.05 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(57,017 |
) |
|
$ |
5.16 |
|
Cancelled |
|
|
(17,216 |
) |
|
$ |
11.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
1,688,067 |
|
|
$ |
8.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The pre-tax intrinsic values of options exercised in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $524,000,
$1,479,000 and $781,000, respectively.
The followings table summarizes information about the options outstanding at March 31, 2007:
F-24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
Range of |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Remaining Life |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
Exercise price |
|
Shares |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
In Years |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
Value |
|
$1.100 to $1.800 |
|
|
28,250 |
|
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
|
4.21 |
|
|
$ |
371,205 |
|
|
|
28,250 |
|
|
$ |
1.21 |
|
|
$ |
371,205 |
|
$2.160 to $3.600 |
|
|
385,000 |
|
|
|
2.77 |
|
|
|
4.84 |
|
|
|
3,391,850 |
|
|
|
385,000 |
|
|
|
2.77 |
|
|
|
4,458,300 |
|
$6.345 to $9.270 |
|
|
468,525 |
|
|
|
8.28 |
|
|
|
7.18 |
|
|
|
2,843,947 |
|
|
|
468,525 |
|
|
|
8.28 |
|
|
|
2,843,947 |
|
$9.650 to $11.813 |
|
|
377,417 |
|
|
|
10.01 |
|
|
|
8.51 |
|
|
|
1,637,990 |
|
|
|
242,661 |
|
|
|
10.04 |
|
|
|
1,045,869 |
|
$12.000 to $13.800 |
|
|
414,500 |
|
|
|
12.05 |
|
|
|
9.36 |
|
|
|
953,350 |
|
|
|
135,838 |
|
|
|
12.13 |
|
|
|
301,560 |
|
$14.500 to $19.125 |
|
|
14,375 |
|
|
$ |
16.26 |
|
|
|
4.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,375 |
|
|
$ |
16.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,688,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,198,342 |
|
|
|
1,270,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,020,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate pre-tax intrinsic values in the above table are based on the Companys closing stock
price of $14.35 as of March 31, 2007 which would have been received by the option holders had all
in-the-money options been exercised as of that date.
Options to purchase 1,270,649, 1,059,598 and 1,060,318 shares of common stock were exercisable at
the end of fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted average exercise price of options
exercisable was $7.27, $6.28 and $5.29 at the end of fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
A summary of changes in the status of non-vested stock options during the fiscal year ended March
31, 2007 is presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Grant Weighted Average Date |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Non-vested at March 31, 2006 |
|
|
291,202 |
|
|
$ |
3.16 |
|
Granted |
|
|
411,500 |
|
|
$ |
5.59 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(272,917 |
) |
|
$ |
4.31 |
|
Cancelled or Forfeited |
|
|
(12,367 |
) |
|
$ |
3.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at March 31, 2007 |
|
|
417,418 |
|
|
$ |
4.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adopted FAS 123R effective April 1, 2006 using the modified prospective adoption
method. The Company did not modify the terms of any previously granted options in anticipation of
the adoption of FAS 123R. At March 31, 2007, there was $1,444,000 of total unrecognized
compensation expense from stock-based compensation granted under the plans, which is related to
non-vested shares. The compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
vesting period of 2.3 years.
NOTE R Litigation
In fiscal 2003, the SEC filed a civil suit against the Company and its former chief financial
officer, Peter Bromberg, arising out of the SECs investigation into the Companys fiscal 1997 and
1998 financial statements (Complaint). Simultaneously with the filing of the SEC Complaint, the
Company agreed to settle the SECs action without admitting or denying the allegations in the
Complaint. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company is subject to a permanent
injunction barring the Company from future violations of the antifraud and financial reporting
provisions of the federal securities laws. No monetary fine or penalty was imposed upon the Company
in connection with this settlement with the SEC.
On May 20, 2004, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office announced that Peter Bromberg was
sentenced to ten months, including five months of incarceration and five months of home detention,
for making false and misleading statements about the Companys financial condition and performance
in its 1997 and 1998 Forms 10-Ks filed with the SEC.
In December 2003, the SEC and the United States Attorneys Office brought actions against Richard
Marks, the Companys former President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Marks agreed to plead guilty
to the criminal charges, and on June 17, 2005 he was sentenced to nine months in prison, nine
months of home detention, 18 months of probation and fined $50,000. In settlement of the SECs
civil fraud action, Mr. Marks paid over $1.2 million and was permanently barred from serving as an
officer or director of a public company.
Based upon the terms of agreements it had previously entered into with Mr. Richard Marks, the
Company paid the costs he incurred in connection with the SEC and United States Attorneys Offices
investigation. During the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred costs of
approximately $368,000 and $556,000, respectively, pursuant to this indemnification arrangement.
Following the conclusion of these investigations, the Company sought reimbursement from Mr. Marks
of certain of the legal fees and costs the Company advanced. In June 2006, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Mr. Marks. Under
this agreement Mr. Marks is obligated to pay the Company $682,000 on January 15, 2008 and to pay
interest at the
F-25
prime rate plus one percent on June 15, 2007 and January 15, 2008. Mr. Marks made
the June interest payment on June 22, 2007. Mr. Marks has pledged 80,000 shares of the Companys
common stock that he owns to secure this obligation. If at any time, the market price of the stock
pledged by Mr. Marks is less than 125% of Mr. Marks obligation, he is required to pledge
additional stock so as to maintain no less than the 125% coverage level. The settlement with Mr.
Marks was unanimously approved by a Special Committee of the Board consisting of Messrs. Borneo,
Gay and Siegel. At March 31, 2007, the Company recorded a shareholder note receivable for $682,000
Mr. Marks owes the Company. The note is classified in shareholders equity as it is collateralized
by the Companys common stock. The Company reduced its general and administrative expenses by
$682,000 and recorded related interest income of $75,000 during the year ended March 31, 2007.
The United States Attorneys Office has informed the Company that it does not intend to pursue
criminal charges against the Company arising from the events involved in the SEC Complaint.
The Company is subject to various other lawsuits and claims in the normal course of business.
Management does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect
on its financial position or future results of operations.
NOTE S Related Party Transactions
The Company has entered into agreements with three members of its Board of Directors, Messrs. Mel
Marks, Philip Gay and Selwyn Joffe.
In August 2000, the Companys Board of Directors agreed to engage Mr. Mel Marks to provide
consulting services to the Company. Mr. Marks is currently paid an annual consulting fee of
$350,000 per year. Mr. Marks was paid $350,000 in fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005. The Company can
terminate this arrangement at any time.
The Company agreed to pay Mr. Gay $90,000 per year for serving on the Companys Board of Directors,
as well as assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of the Companys Audit and Ethics
Committees.
On February 14, 2003, Mr. Joffe accepted his current position as President and Chief Executive
Officer in addition to serving as the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Joffes agreement
called for an annual salary of $542,000, the continuation of his prior agreement relative to
payment of 1% of the value of any transactions which close by March 31, 2006 and other compensation
generally provided to the Companys other executive staff members.
On April 22, 2006, the Company entered into an amendment to its employment agreement with Mr.
Joffe. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffes term of employment has been extended from March 31, 2006 to
March 31, 2008, and his base salary, bonus arrangements, 1% transaction fee right and fringe
benefits remain unchanged. Before the amendment, Mr. Joffe had the right to terminate his
employment upon a change of control and receive his salary and benefits through March 31, 2006.
Under the amendment, upon a change of control (which has been redefined pursuant to the amendment),
Mr. Joffe will be entitled to a sale bonus equal to the sum of (i) two times his base salary plus
(ii) two times his average bonus earned for the two years immediately prior to the change of
control. The amendment also grants Mr. Joffe the right to terminate his employment within one year
of a change of control and to then receive salary and benefits for a one-year period following such
termination plus a bonus equal to the average bonus Mr. Joffe earned during the two years
immediately prior to his voluntary termination.
If Mr. Joffe is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined in the amendment),
the registrant must pay Mr. Joffe (i) his base salary, (ii) his average bonus earned for the two
years immediately prior to termination, and (iii) all other benefits payable to Mr. Joffe pursuant
to the employment agreement, as amended, through the later of two years after the date of
termination of employment or March 31, 2008. Under the amendment, Mr. Joffe is also entitled to an
additional gross-up payment to offset the excise taxes (and related income taxes on the
gross-up payment) that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of
parachute payments (as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) to be made to him
upon a change of control. The amendment has redefined the term for cause to apply only to
misconduct in connection with Mr. Joffes performance of his duties. Pursuant to the Amendment, any
options that have been or may be granted to Mr. Joffe will fully vest upon a change of control and be exercisable for a two-year period following
the change of control, and Mr. Joffe agreed to waive the right he previously had under the
employment agreement to require the
F-26
registrant to purchase his option shares and any underlying
options if his employment were terminated for any reason. The amendment further provides that Mr.
Joffes agreement not to compete with the Company terminates at the end of his employment term.
NOTE T Subsequent Events
On May 23, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 3,641,909 shares of the Companys common stock
at a price of $11.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds before expenses of
$40,061,000 and net proceeds of approximately $36,500,000, and warrants to purchase up to 546,283
shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. This sale was made through a
private placement to accredited investors. The warrants are callable by the Company if the volume
weighted average trading price of the Companys common stock as quoted by Bloomberg L.P. is greater
than $22.50 for 10 consecutive trading days.
The Company is obligated to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to
register the shares of common stock sold and the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the
warrants by July 31, 2007 and to cause the registration statement to become effective no later than
the 150th days following May 23, 2007. If the Company misses either of these deadlines,
it is obligated to pay the purchasers of the common stock and warrants sold in the private
placement partial liquidated damages equal to 1% of the aggregate proceeds from this private
placement, and an additional 1% for each subsequent month these deadlines are not met, until the
partial liquidated damages paid equals 19% of such aggregate proceeds. Any payments made under this
registration rights agreement will reduce additional paid-in-capital.
NOTE U Customs Duties
The Company received a request for information dated April 16, 2007 from the U.S. Bureau of Customs
and Border Protection (CBP) in regards to the Companys importation of products remanufactured at
the Companys Malaysian facilities. In response to the CBPs request, the Company began an
internal review, with the assistance of customs counsel, of its custom duties procedures. During
this review process, the Company identified a potential exposure related to the omission of certain
cost elements in the appraised value of used alternators and starters, which were remanufactured in
Malaysia and returned to the United States since June 2002.
The Company also provided a prior disclosure letter dated June 5, 2007 to the customs authorities
in order to provide more time to complete its internal review process. This prior disclosure
letter also provides the Company the opportunity to self report any underpayment of customs duties
in prior years which could reduce financial penalties, if any, imposed by the CBP.
The Company has until November 7, 2007 to respond to the CBP with the final results of its internal
review findings. The Company currently believes the dutiable value of the shipments reported to
the CBP was appropriate. If the CBP does not agree with the results of the Companys review
process, the Company would be required to pay additional duties to the CBP and could also be
assessed interest charges and penalties. These amounts, if assessed, could be material to the
Companys financial statements.
NOTE V Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
The unaudited quarterly financial data for the first quarter of fiscal 2007 has been restated to
correct an error which occurred when the Company failed to recognize the impact of entering into a
settlement agreement with Richard Marks, which required the creation of a shareholder note
receivable during the first quarter See Note R. Recording the shareholder note receivable reduced
the general and administrative expense in the three month period ended June 30, 2006 and created an
offsetting reduction in shareholders equity.
The following summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2007, including the restated numbers for the first quarter of fiscal 2007:
F-27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
|
(Restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
27,424,000 |
|
|
|
44,165,000 |
|
|
|
33,334,000 |
|
|
|
31,400,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
20,258,000 |
|
|
|
39,218,000 |
|
|
|
27,479,000 |
|
|
|
28,085,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
7,166,000 |
|
|
|
4,947,000 |
|
|
|
5,855,000 |
|
|
|
3,315,000 |
|
Total operating expenses, as reported |
|
|
4,393,000 |
|
|
|
6,573,000 |
|
|
|
5,949,000 |
|
|
|
7,525,000 |
|
Reimbursement of indemnification costs on
settlement |
|
|
(682,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses, as restated |
|
|
3,711,000 |
|
|
|
6,573,000 |
|
|
|
5,949,000 |
|
|
|
7,525,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
3,455,000 |
|
|
|
(1,626,000 |
) |
|
|
(94,000 |
) |
|
|
(4,210,000 |
) |
Interest expense net |
|
|
822,000 |
|
|
|
1,315,000 |
|
|
|
1,883,000 |
|
|
|
1,893,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit), as reported |
|
|
782,000 |
|
|
|
(1,179,000 |
) |
|
|
151,000 |
|
|
|
(3,459,000 |
) |
Reimbursement of indemnification costs on
settlement |
|
|
273,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit), as restated |
|
|
1,055,000 |
|
|
|
(1,179,000 |
) |
|
|
151,000 |
|
|
|
(3,459,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss), as reported |
|
|
1,169,000 |
|
|
|
(1,762,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,128,000 |
) |
|
|
(2,644,000 |
) |
Reimbursement of indemnification costs on
settlement |
|
|
409,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss), as restated |
|
$ |
1,578,000 |
|
|
$ |
(1,762,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,128,000 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,644,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share, as
previously reported |
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
Basic net income (loss) per share from
adjustment |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share, as restated |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share, as
previously reported |
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
Diluted net income (loss) per share from
adjustment |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share, as restated |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
Net sales |
|
|
20,321,000 |
|
|
|
29,776,000 |
|
|
|
30,154,000 |
|
|
|
28,146,000 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
17,798,000 |
|
|
|
21,231,000 |
|
|
|
23,358,000 |
|
|
|
20,605,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
2,523,000 |
|
|
|
8,545,000 |
|
|
|
6,796,000 |
|
|
|
7,541,000 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
5,189,000 |
|
|
|
5,086,000 |
|
|
|
3,912,000 |
|
|
|
4,920,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(2,666,000 |
) |
|
|
3,459,000 |
|
|
|
2,884,000 |
|
|
|
2,621,000 |
|
Interest expense net |
|
|
548,000 |
|
|
|
654,000 |
|
|
|
958,000 |
|
|
|
794,000 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(1,250,000 |
) |
|
|
1,126,000 |
|
|
|
776,000 |
|
|
|
607,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(1,964,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,679,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,150,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,220,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.24 |
) |
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.24 |
) |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Accounts Receivable Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
bad debts |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
expense |
|
written off |
|
period |
2007 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
26,000 |
|
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
|
$ |
183,000 |
|
|
$ |
18,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
9,000 |
|
|
$ |
3,000 |
|
|
$ |
26,000 |
|
2005 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
$ |
14,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
|
$ |
14,000 |
|
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
Accounts Receivable Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
customer payment |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
discrepancies |
|
Processed |
|
period |
2007 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
1,980,000 |
|
|
$ |
(71,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,086,000 |
) |
|
$ |
823,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
584,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,360,000 |
|
|
$ |
(36,000 |
) |
|
$ |
1,980,000 |
|
2005 |
|
Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies |
|
$ |
973,000 |
|
|
$ |
(62,000 |
) |
|
$ |
327,000 |
|
|
$ |
584,000 |
|
Inventory Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
(recovery of) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
Year Ended |
|
|
|
beginning of |
|
excess and obsolete |
|
Amounts |
|
end of |
March 31, |
|
Description |
|
period |
|
inventory |
|
Written off |
|
period |
2007 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
1,989,000 |
|
|
$ |
379,000 |
|
|
$ |
275,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,093,000 |
|
2006 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
2,392,000 |
|
|
$ |
(173,000 |
) |
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,989,000 |
|
2005 |
|
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory |
|
$ |
2,637,000 |
|
|
$ |
304,000 |
|
|
$ |
549,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,392,000 |
|
S-1